IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-3) 
 
 
 /. 
 
 
 
 <p 
 
 « 
 
 
 'k,% 
 
 1.0 
 
 I.I 
 
 1.25 
 
 l^illlM IIIII2.5 
 
 •^ Ih IIIII2.2 
 
 :i lis 12.0 
 
 111= 
 
 1.4 IIIIII.6 
 
 V] 
 
 <? 
 
 /^ 
 
 ^;; 
 
 
 y 
 
 ^ 
 
 Photographic 
 
 Sciences 
 
 Corporation 
 
 23 WEST MAIN STREET 
 
 WEBSTER, NY. 14580 
 
 (716) 872-4503 
 
CIHM/ICMH 
 
 Microfiche 
 
 Series. 
 
 CIHM/ICMH 
 Collection de 
 microfiches. 
 
 Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions / Institut canadien de microreproductions historiques 
 
Technical and Bibliographic Notes/Notes techniques et bibliographiques 
 
 The institute has attempted to obtain the best 
 original copy available for filming. Features of this 
 copy whicn may be bibliographically unique, 
 which may alter any of the images in the 
 reproduction, or which may significantly change 
 the usual method of filming, are checked below. 
 
 D 
 D 
 D 
 
 D 
 D 
 H 
 D 
 
 D 
 
 Coloured covers/ 
 Couverture de couleur 
 
 Covers damaged/ 
 Couverture endommag^e 
 
 Covers restored and/or laminated/ 
 Couverture restaurde et/ou pellicul6e 
 
 I I Cover title missing/ 
 
 Le titre de couverture manque 
 
 I I Coloured maps/ 
 
 D 
 
 Cartes g^ographiques en couleur 
 
 Coloured Ink (i.e. other than blue or black)/ 
 Encre de couleur (i.e. autre que bleue ou noire) 
 
 Coloured plates and/or illustrations/ 
 Planches et/ou illustrations en couleur 
 
 Bound with other material/ 
 Reli6 avec d'autres documents 
 
 Tight binding may cause shadows or distortion 
 along interior margin/ 
 
 Lareliure serr^e peut causer de I'ombre ou de la 
 distortion le long de la marge intdrieure 
 
 Blank leaves added during restoration may 
 appear within the text. Whenever possible, these 
 have been omitted from filming/ 
 II se peut que certaines pages blanches ajout^es 
 lors d'une restauration apparaissent dans le texte, 
 mais, lorsque cela 6tait possible, ces pages n'ont 
 pas 6t6 film^es. 
 
 Additional comments:/ 
 Commentaires suppldmentaires; 
 
 The 
 tot 
 
 L'Institut a microfilm^ le meilleur exemplaire 
 qu'il lui a 6t6 possible de se procurer. Les details 
 de cet exemplaire qui sont peut-dtre uniques du 
 point de vue bibliographique, qui pcuvent modifier 
 une image reproduite, ou qui peuvent exiger une 
 modification dans la mdthode normale de filmage 
 sont indiqu6s ci-dessous. 
 
 □ Coloured pages/ 
 Pages de couleur 
 
 □ Pages damaged/ 
 Pages endommagdes 
 
 □ Pages restored and/or laminated/ 
 Pages restaurdes et/ou pellicul6es 
 
 / 
 
 D 
 
 Tha 
 pos 
 oft 
 filn 
 
 Ori 
 
 be( 
 
 the 
 
 sioi 
 
 oth 
 
 firs 
 
 sior 
 
 ori 
 
 Pages discoloured, stained or foxed/ 
 Pages ddcolordes, tachetdes ou piqu6es 
 
 □Pages detached/ 
 Pages ddtach^es 
 
 0Showthrough/ 
 Transparence 
 
 Transparence 
 
 Quality of prir 
 
 Quality indgale de I'impression 
 
 Includes supplementary materii 
 Comprend du matdriel suppl^mentaire 
 
 Only edition available/ 
 Seule Edition disponible 
 
 I I Quality of print varies/ 
 
 I I Includes supplementary material/ 
 
 I I Only edition available/ 
 
 The 
 sha 
 TIN 
 whi 
 
 Mai 
 diff 
 enti 
 beg 
 righ 
 reqi 
 met 
 
 Pages wholly or partially obscured by errata 
 slips, tissues, etc., have been refilmed to 
 ensure the best possible image/ 
 Les pages totalement ou partisllement 
 obscurcies par un feuillet d'errata, une pelure, 
 etc., ont 6t^ filmdes d nouveau de fapon d 
 obtenir la meilleure image possible. 
 
 This item is filmed at the reduction ratio checked below/ 
 
 Ce document est film^ au taux de reduction indiqu6 ci-dessous. 
 
 10X 14X 18X 22X 
 
 26X 
 
 30X 
 
 i 
 
 12X 
 
 16X 
 
 20X 
 
 24X 
 
 28X 
 
 32X 
 
The copy filmed here has been repro<c<uced thanks 
 to the generosity of: 
 
 Library, 
 
 Geological Survey of Canada 
 
 L'exemplaire film6 fut reproduit grdce d la 
 g6n6rosit6 de: 
 
 Bibliothdque, 
 
 Commission Giologique du Canada 
 
 The images appearing here are the best quality 
 possible considering the condition and legibility 
 of thn original copy and in keeping with the 
 filming contract specifications. 
 
 Original copies in printed paper covers are filmed 
 beginning with the front cover and ending on 
 the last page with a printed or illustrated impres- 
 sion, or the back cover when appropriate. All 
 other original copies are filmed beginning on the 
 first page with a printed or illustrated impres- 
 sion, and ending on the last page with a printed 
 or illustrated impression. 
 
 The last recorded frame on each microfiche 
 shall contain the symbol -^ (meaning "CON- 
 TINUED"), or the symbol V (meaning "END"), 
 whichever applies. 
 
 Les images suivantes ont 6t6 reproduites avec le 
 plus grand soin, compte tenu de la condition et 
 de la nettetd de l'exemplaire film6, et en 
 conformity avec les conditions du contrat de 
 filmage. 
 
 Les exemplaires originaux dont la couverture en 
 papier est imprimde sont filmds en commen9ant 
 par le premier plat et en terminant soit par la 
 dernidre page qui comporte une empreinte 
 d'impression ou d'lllustration, soit par le second 
 plat, selon le cas. Tous les autres exemplaires 
 originaux sont fiim^s en commenpant par la 
 premidre page qui comporte une empreinte 
 d'impression ou d'illustration et en terminant par 
 la dernidre page qui comporte une telle 
 empreinte. 
 
 Un des symboles suivants apparaitra sur la 
 dernidre image de cheque microfiche, selon le 
 cas: la symbolc — ^ signifie "A SUiVRE". le 
 symbols V signifie "FIN". 
 
 Maps, plates, charts, etc., may be filmed at 
 different reduction ratios. Those too large to be 
 entirely included in one exposure are filmed 
 beginning in the upper left hand corner, left to 
 right and top to bottom, as many frames as 
 required. The following diagrams illustrate the 
 method: 
 
 Les cartes, planches, tableaux, etc., peuvent dtre 
 film6s d des taux de r6duction diffdrents. 
 Lorsque le document est trop grand pour dtre 
 reproduit en un seul clich6, il ost film6 d partir 
 de I'angle f,up6rieur gauche, de gauche d droite, 
 et de haut en bas, en prenant le nombre 
 d'images ndcessaire. Les diagrammes suivants 
 illustrent la m6thode. 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 32X 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 6 
 
GEOLOGICAL SURVEY OF CANADA 
 
 G. M. DAWSON, C.M.G., LL.D., F.R.S., Diuector 
 
 REPORT 
 
 ''H 
 
 •i> 
 
 
 EAST SHORE OF LAKE WINNIPEG 
 
 AND ADJACENT PARTS OP 
 
 MANITOBA AND KEEWATIN 
 
 From notes and surveys 
 
 BY 
 
 J. BURR TYRRELL, M.A., F.ti.S , &c. 
 
 COMPILED BY 
 
 D. B. BOWLING, B.A.Sc. 
 
 V 
 
 m:% 
 
 ''. w' 
 
 -. 7. 
 
 1 -^y^" 
 
 -^ T" 
 
 Mi'v 
 
 
 
 
 ■^'v^V^^ 
 
 1'' 
 
 m 
 
 .3 
 
 OTTAWA 
 PRINTED BY S. E. DAWSON, PRINTER TO THE QUPJEN'S MOST 
 EXCELLENT MAJESTY 
 1900 
 
 T05 
 
To 
 
 S 
 the 
 J. E 
 '"? 
 
 I'ollll 
 
 had 
 Aivf 
 as I) 
 
 iiiiii 
 iiiaiii 
 
 sllTfll 
 
 siirvo 
 of' H 
 hi'i'll 
 
 Tl 
 
 tidii 
 
 l!rc| 
 
 l( 
 
To G. M. Dawson, C,M.(i., LL.D., F.H.S., 
 
 Director of the Geological Survey of Cdnacln. 
 
 Sin, — I beg to present herewith a report on the country bordering 
 the east shore of Lake Winnipeg. This region was examined by Mr. 
 J. IJ. Tyrrell in IS90 and ISDl. Subsequently, in 1.S95, while explor- 
 ing the country to tlu^ north, a survey of Gunisao River was added, 
 tlius cinipleting the examination of the streams flowing through the 
 country comprised within the limits of the accompanying map. 
 I'lt'vioiis to Mr. Tyrrell's resignation from the stafl of the Survey, he 
 li;i(l wi'itten a portion of a repoit dealing with description of the 
 Aichiean rocks exposed on the lake and entering streams, as far south 
 as I )og ] lead. In this T have interpolated notes on the surface deposits 
 iuid gen(!ral descriptions extracted from his note books, and in like 
 iii.iiiner have added a general description of the shores and entering 
 streams as far as the Ited lliver. Th(! notes of ifr. A. S. Cochrane's 
 survey of I'oplar and Rig Black rivers are also utilized. Thin .sections 
 of a large nund)er of tlu! rock specimens from this district had 
 liciMi examined by Mr. \V. V. Ferrier, and where detailed descriptions 
 are added, they are mainly from his notes. 
 
 The general arrangement of the report is in the form of a descrip- 
 tion from the north end of the lake southward, to the mouth of the 
 U.d River. 
 
 1 have the honour to be. Sir, 
 
 Your obedient servant, 
 
 D. B. DOWLING. 
 
 tft 
 
Note — The hearings throughout this report refer to the true meriilian. 
 
HEPOKT 
 
 ON THE 
 
 HAST SHORK OF LAKE WINNIPEG 
 
 AND ADJACENT PARTS OP 
 
 MANITOHA AND KHHVVATIN 
 
 (teneral Hescription ok the Country east ok Lake Winnipeo. 
 
 the true weridinn. 
 
 The east shore of Lake Winnipcf^ is in marked conti'ast to the west. (icMcral 
 
 1. 1 ■'• • III ^ • 1 i. 1 • ii d('>jriiition. 
 
 Jts gfiieral outline is remarkably straight, sliowing tlie very even 
 
 nature of the surface upon whicli tlie later stratified rocks of the 
 
 central part of the continent were deposited. The rocks are all 
 
 Arehican and the great preponderance of gneisses and granites of the 
 
 l.iurentian is tli(> chief feature. Small areas of Huronian greenstones 
 
 and schists occur in two localities, one on Lac du Bonnet and the 
 
 (itlier at tlio mouth of Wanuipegow liiver. 
 
 The general character of the shore-line differs but little from that of Cliaracinr of 
 other lakes in the Archa'an areas in which the basin occupi;'d is of a ''"^* ■" ""'■ 
 shallow nature. Owing to the slight slope toward the lake from the 
 cast, the uneven rocky surface, as sub:nerged, forms all along, a series 
 of outlying islands, and oil' the points long lines of shoals. The strike 
 of the rocks in some cases influences the direction of the shoals, but the 
 major portion of the shore is apparently independent of it. One 
 instance of the strike determining the direction of the shore is along 
 that portion opposite liull Head. 
 
 In the nortliern part of the lake the prominent points run out sbuals otf 
 ill a north-westerly direction, and the continuation of the sub- P"'"''*' 
 merged surface is shown in long lines of shoals of wliich the trend 
 is in the same direction. This character proves a serious obstacle to the 
 navigation of the eastern part of the lake by large vessels, as harbours, 
 though numerous, are difficult to approach unless extensively buoyed or 
 
! K 
 
 6 o 
 
 LAKK WINNIPKO. 
 
 DittioulticM 
 navigation. 
 
 Xol'tli -I I 
 
 Diitlct. 
 
 (Jroiit I'liiy- 
 Kni'n Lake'. 
 
 • iunisao 
 liivcr. 
 
 marked. Tlie mouths of nil the large strcamH on which lumbering opii 
 atioiLs might be coiuluctnl aiii Hiniihirly ob.strueted. Tho b.iy iiitn 
 which I?ert'ii8 liivcr enters i.s very diliicult of approach, and the sann; 
 >f i.s true also of the mouth of I'oplar River. The outlet of the liiU>' 
 through Playgri'cn Lake is through a inaz»! of shoals, and tlie steami i 
 that makes an annual trip to Norway House seldom |)asHes thnniuli 
 without striking some of these, cnen when in charge of an experienced 
 pilot. The following general description of tlie physical features of 
 this short! and entering streams is extracted from thi^ Sun>niary Ue[)()iK 
 of .1. B. Tyrrell to the J)ircctor for the years lt<!)0, 1891 and l.S<J5 ;~ 
 
 ' Limestone Bay, is cut off from the rest of tho lake by a narrow 
 spit of sand, twelve miles in length, projecting towards the south 
 west. I'Vom the base of this spit an even unbroken sand-i)oach stretches 
 eastward to near' Mossy Point, while behind tiie beach is an ahno-t 
 Vfirticnl clili', rising in some place.M to a height of forty feet, composed 
 at the bottom of a stiff blue alluvial clay, and at the top of a mossy 
 poat. Xel.son Uivei' at the discharge of tin-, lake Hows over a l)e(l ul' 
 Laurentian gneiss which it has not. worn sutlieiently even to obliterate 
 the well defined glacial stria' that may be .seen on almost any of the 
 rocks along its shore. Ft is, however, enlarging and deej)ening it-. 
 channel by cutting away the alluvi d point lying to the west of it, on 
 wliich the storshou.so of the Hudson's Itay Company is at present 
 situated. This point, which stretches as a long narrow arm b(;tween 
 Winnipeg and Playgreen lakes is also being ra]iidly wurn away by the 
 waves of both the.se lakes, and the time is not very remote when tlie 
 site of the present narrow arm of alluvial clay and peat will ])e at ti;e 
 bottom of the united lakes.' 
 
 'The north-(!astern shore of (Ireat I'laygreen Lake is entirely 
 underlain by A'cha'an grarites and gneisses, while the south-svestern 
 shore is composed of the stratified post-glacial clays, which form the 
 long, narrow point separating that lake from ijake M'innipeg. Nel.'- m 
 lliver issues from (ireat IMay.'O'een Lake in .several channels. < )n 
 Little Playgreen Lake the rock is generally a very uniform gray 
 granite, although at one jilace, near the south end, it is as.sociated 
 with a dark rather coarse-grained massive diorite, and near the 
 north end of the lake, it is cut by veins of red pegmatite containing 
 crystalline aggregates of molybdenite.' 
 
 'Ciurdsao River near itiS mouth winds without perceptible current 
 through an extensive marsh, with a width of from fifty to one hun- 
 dred yards. The water is of a dark-brown colour and slightly nuirky- 
 Up to the Forks, a distance of eighteen miles the banks are low and 
 
"] 
 
 (IKNEHAL DK>*C11II'T'0N. 
 
 7 a 
 
 luinheriiig opcv- 
 Tlui luiy iiU'i 
 h, 1111(1 tilt" Mimo 
 tlet ot till' liikc 
 iiul the sleaiiK i 
 \ iiiissus tlu'i>\iHh 
 i !in fxi>ori<!iHcil 
 sical ft"-.tures of 
 uinmiiryUpiioits 
 91 and l.^'J");— 
 
 lake by a na.iou 
 \fm\U tilt! suulh 
 ifl-heacli stictclu's 
 pach is ail almost 
 |,y t'ei't, coiiiposoil 
 10 top of a mossy 
 ows over a bed «if 
 even to oblileniti' 
 almost any of i\w 
 ,iul (loepeiiinf; its 
 tlic west of it, on 
 my is at presi'iil 
 •ow arm between 
 wcirii away by tlu' 
 remote wlu'U tln' 
 )(>at will be at tiio 
 
 l.id<e is entirely 
 the soutli-westeiu 
 which form the 
 
 innipeg. Neb >n 
 •al channels. < 'n 
 
 ry uniform gray 
 1, it is associated 
 te, and near the 
 :matite containing 
 
 perceptible currem 
 I'ifty to one hun- 
 ml slightly murky- 
 banks are low and 
 
 hut scantily wooded, wiih a few rounded bosses of gray gneisa rising 
 liere and there. The streaui is interrupted by four rapids, past two of 
 wliicii are portages, respectively 1((() aiul 185 yards in length. 
 
 'Above tiie l''orks tiie soutii branch is tiu' larger On this many 
 rapids obstruct the stream, up .some i>f which tiic* canoe was hauled 
 with a lii.e, wjiile past twenty-two of the most serious it was necessary 
 to carry the "anoe. For about fifty miles above the Forks, the river 
 llows ihi'ougli a elay-coveied counlry -.loping gently towards the north- 
 west, and h IS cut a channel or \ftlley varying in depth from six to 
 twenty live feet. [ii places it has cut down to the underlying granite 
 or gneiss, whicli then usually forms a barrier over which is a fall or 
 rapid, tietween those rocky rap'ds is slack water, and rock exposure^ 
 are infieiiuent, and where seen are constantly of gray or I'eddishgiay Huol timlnr. 
 granite. Tiie banks are wiioded with beautiful, tall, white spruce, 
 apparently forming a magnillcent coniferous forest, but how far back 
 tViim the riv(^i' this forest extends, was not determined. There is cer- 
 tainly here a laigt! iiuanlity of valuable timber, much mure than was 
 s(?en anywhere el-,e in the country iminidiately eastof Luke \\'iiiiu[ieg, 
 tor most of the surface farther south has iieen swept by extensive 
 forest lires within the last decade. 
 
 ' 111 till' iipiiei' half of the river, the binks are low and much less 
 clearly (lelined. I )tc;i bays tilled with wild rice, extend between the 
 ioi;ky kniills li.-ick to swump^^, wooded with tainarck and small black 
 spruce, i^eiurally kill' (I liy lire. 
 
 ' Uunisao Lake is a lake of clear cold water, with irregular contour, (iimiMvu 
 about thirty-two miles in length, and with steep, almost bare rocky 
 shores of gray granite. The rowan bush was seen growing on some of 
 its many rocky islands. 
 
 'The chaniud of the north iirancli nr McL.-uighlin iliver is almost as .Mrl,:!!!!,'!!!!!! 
 large as that of the soutli branch and carries about two thirds as much '^'^'■'■• 
 water, but the banks, in the lower part at least, are rather mort^ rocky 
 and barren, and .ilmost all the timber has been destroyed l»v tire. 
 There are iiuL ten portages on this river, but foj; long distances the 
 current is very swift, and the ri\er his not yet cut for itself a channel 
 of any considerable depth. Tlinpughout its wholecourse from the long 
 narrow lake to its mouth, the river tlows through a level, elay-eovercd 
 country, the rock merely rising here and there in knolls and ridges 
 above the general level. 
 
 'Along the shore from the Nelson Uiver to lierens River, the rock \,.i„,,ii Kivor 
 is found to be Laurentian gneiss, without anv constant dip or strike. V.'"^''''''"' 
 
8 
 
 LAKK WINNIPKU, 
 
 I'li'langci 
 Uiv.r. 
 
 Kivir. 
 
 I'ntilur Itiv 
 llllil lirll'lis 
 ItlV.T 
 
 Pot 111 lie V. 
 
 il^c, I'll'lfll 
 
 Ki\cr 
 
 Tt wuH iilso found to be 8tronj,'ly jfliicialoil, and in sovoral pliicpN two 
 sets of stria- could be clearly rufogni/ed. It is generally covered by 
 tt Hoft, blue, imperfectly stratitied alluvial clay, llolanyer Hivor for 
 twelve miles up, to t' •> first portage, is from sixty to one liuiidn il 
 yards wide, willi clay i ., I'-s six to tifleen feet high, wooded with wiiiti 
 pO})lar and small black spruce. A 1(jw outcrop of gray granite m ly \<i- 
 foeu her»! and there. The water is dark coloured and muddy. Abovr 
 this portage the river has a width of from thirty to lifty yards.' 
 
 'The river was found to rise not far fi'om (iunisao I^ake, and IIhk 
 is said to be a practicable canoeroute in high water from it to the iak( . 
 The current is often swift, and the channel crooked and overhung with 
 willows. The banks are mery where composed of stratified clay (jr silt. 
 and much of thi' country has been well wooded, but unfortunately 
 neaily all the timber has been destroyed by fire in comparatively reieni 
 years. Some small trees of Manitoba maple (X>'gnn<(o accraukx), were 
 growing by one of the lower rapids. The r(X'k wherever seen, was ,i 
 uniform gray granite." 
 
 On the Hig Black River, Mr. Cochrane reports the soil as excellent, 
 and would probably produce larger tind)er than that now growiiii:, 
 l>ut for recent forest fires. TIk^ water in the river is of a d.iiL 
 
 <r lolour and muddy. On I'oplar liiver the rock exposures are fiol mj 
 trequent, atid there seems to bo also the same class of good soil. 
 i'erens Itiveras reported by Mr. A. 1'. Low, flows through a country 
 underiainby granites and gneisses. The general cliaracier of thestriiim 
 is very much like that of a cana' where the locks aie represented by 
 
 irt narrow chutes. Pot-hole Portagi! on this river is thus described by .Mr. 
 Tyriell : — 'Just below a little rajiid with a drop of thirty inches, at 
 the west end of Long I.,ake, is a granite hill, on the south-east side of 
 which, facing up the river, is a group (jf seven large pot-holes, besidis 
 several smaller ones. The most perfect is thii'ty-three inches in dia 
 meter and ten fe(;t dtjep, with the top of the rim eight fett above the 
 water at its base, or five feet and a half above the water of Long Lake. 
 Some of the others have been partly cut away, and the smooth rutk 
 faces are strongly '"ored by glacial marking, showing that the pot-h 
 are of j)re-glacial or inter-glacial age, when the water flowed in a did 
 tion more or less opposite to the course of the present river. 
 
 'A short distance below Pot-hole Portage, a small sluggish brook flows 
 into BerensPivcr from the north. This brook was ascended to a shallow 
 lake almost choked with luxuriant beds of wild rice. Near the east 
 end of this lakelet a small crooked brook was entered, which winds 
 through marsh and willow swamp for about three miles, to a rocky 
 
 (lies 
 
mMiiul 
 
 OKNERAL DKHCHIPriON. 
 
 9 
 
 ,1 j)laco two 
 I coverrd liy 
 31' Uiver for 
 jne huiiilt'Kl 
 (I with wliitf 
 luiito ni:iy be 
 Idy. Above 
 yiirda.' 
 
 kc, ami tliiMT 
 it to the liikc. 
 vorhun^; wiili 
 .'d clay or hill: 
 uiifortunaU'ly 
 •ativi'ly riHi-m 
 ci'Toiiks), wi'ii" 
 cr seen, was ii 
 
 )il tts cxc'clii'iit, 
 now growiii:;, 
 is of a diiik 
 ,ros are not so 
 s of t,'ood s^oil, 
 lUi^li a country 
 erof thfstn'iiiii 
 leprcsi'iitcil liy 
 t'scriWd by Mi 
 lirty inches, iii 
 Inah-crtst sidcot' 
 ,t bolt's, bcsidts 
 inches in din 
 feet aljove the 
 Ir of Long Liikf. 
 le bniootli roek 
 jat the pot-holes 
 Ijwed in a dire< 
 (•iver. 
 
 [rish brook flows 
 ied to a shallow 
 J Near the east 
 Id, which winds 
 liles, to a rocky 
 
 barrier eight feet high, over which the water llow.s in its higher wtages 
 earlier in the season. Crossing this rock by a portage lifty yards long, 
 ihe descent of what is now the I'^toniiiini Uiver was begun. At the 
 next portage the water runs in a rill a few inches in width. The 
 narrow winding but constantly increasing stream was then descended 
 tor about thirteen miles, between banks of rock and light-(^ray pebbly 
 till, to a series of heavy rapids, just below which is a well dt^lined s.mdy 
 iiirace, marking the highest shore-lino of the glacial Lake Agassi/ 
 seen on the east side of Lake Winnipeg, and the eastern limit of th(! 
 iacustral dejiosits. This limit had been deteiniined on several of tiio 
 other streams liowing into the lake, but nowht re was it so distinctly 
 marked as here. IJelow tiiis sandy terrace, the river' Hows liotween 
 wooded banks of Iacustral sand an 1 clay, to the point where it empties 
 into Mereiis Iiiver, seven miles above its mouth. The rocky ho-se.s 
 .seen here ai\d there, wer<^ every whertt of utiiform granite and granitoid 
 '.■iiei.>s. 
 
 ' rij,'ei)n l!i\cr (lows into the hikt? in a deep channel, a hundred pig,,,,,, {{iviv. 
 yai'd.s wide, lietweeii sandy points, aliove which it opi'ns into n shallow 
 weedy lake, .\round the sides of this lake wore beds of wild I'ice, then 
 almost ripe, on which great flocks of wild ducks were feeding,'. The 
 cliannel gradually naiiows and becomes well (h'lined at, a little rapi<l, 
 wliere it is about forty yards wide, above which it again expands to a 
 width of fi'om si.xty to a hundred yards with even, clay banks, 
 MX to ten feet iiigh, woodeil witii (all white poplars. Low bosses of 
 gray gneiss outcrop here and there, on which are growing small groves 
 ut' oak. 
 
 'Thewoi'k of ascending the stream was rather slow ami diHicult 
 I'M' the Indians rarely travel on the river, and the twenty-nine portages 
 tha' we were obliged to make W(;re often through den^e burnt forest 
 and over innuna^rable fallen trees. In its lower part, the banks are 
 (.liielly eomjiosed of siiatified clay or sand and the channel is even and 
 well delined, but higher up the hunks are of gneiss or pebbly till. 
 IVom (Jrand Kapids Lake, [Family |jake| Pigeon and IJeren-! rivers, 
 two streams of about e(|ual size, tlow westward towards Lake Win- 
 nipeg, the former discharging fiom the south, and the latter from 
 the west side of the kike.' 
 
 ' Miskowow River, neai' its mouth, averages from forty to fifty,,., 
 yards in width, . with water of n slight brownish tinge but not dark- Uivir, 
 brown like most of the other rivers east of Lake Winniju-g. indicating 
 thatit is derived chiefly from lakes of considerable size,in which the water 
 lias been cleared of its dark colouring matter. The banks are no 
 
10 (1 
 
 LAKK WIXMPKG. 
 
 Vct-liolcs. 
 
 Binns 
 
 
 Hindi Man^ 
 
 Waiiniiii 
 fiiv.T. 
 
 very liigli out are usually rocky, and tlio water often speiiis to How in a 
 pre-existing rocky cliannel. Between the rocky knolls and ridges, the 
 hluo, stratif'iL'd, lacustral clay that is seen everywhere in the lowc-i' 
 countiT CMst lit' fiake Winnipeg forms well-dctineil level land, ihicklv 
 wooded with white poplar, while the rocky knolls are thickly v.cjodcd 
 with Banksian pine and (lak. 
 
 'At the fourth portage up the ri\<'r, three [)i)t-liolesi, similar to 
 those on licrens Hi\er, occur on the summit and .'-outh-west side of a 
 granite knoll, and farther up the liver, above the ninth ]iortage, and 
 about lialf-W!(y lictween t\w mouths of Minago and Little i'lood-veiii 
 rivers, a large potdiole has been bored in liie sti ep eastern side of a 
 granite hill, the surface of which is now strongly scored by glaciid 
 markings. Sasaginnigak Lake is an irregular imdy of clenr watci 
 lying in the midst of low hills of gray granite. From this 1 ike there 
 is Slid to be an easy lanoe-route nortlr'-ards to (iraiid Kapids on 
 Hi lens i'iver." 
 
 'The shore of r^aki' 'A'imiipcg from Lfiens l!iv(r south in Dog 
 lli^ixd is composed of L;:'anit('> and gneisses generally striking towards 
 the lake but at the latter jioint the^e gneisses begin to assume a vei v 
 regularly banleel arrangement parallel to the lake, am! u few miles 
 farther suutli, dykes of dark-green traji begin to inak(> their apjiear- 
 ance, running in the same direction. Then iiruptive rocks continue 
 close to the east sh'ire as far south as Wan.iiiK>gow or Hole River, 
 where they merge into an extensive area of eruptive volcanic rocks 
 and agglomera-tes that form th(( base of the Keewatiii serie^;. On 
 ascending the streams that How into this portion of the hake, namely, 
 the [joon, and l!ic(! ri\ers, the giviss is seen to be vcM'y regularly and 
 evenly bandeii near th'' eru]>ti\i' rocks, while farther east it changes 
 imperceiUibly into tie eouse gray iri'i'gnlarly foliated Liuicntian 
 gneiss tyjiical of that whole region. 'V\w rocks of the eastern end of 
 I Mack Island were found to consist of altered conglomerates, quartzose 
 sandstones, agglomerates, chloritic andserieitic schists, etc, similar to 
 those found in the typical Keewatin in the Huronian districts else 
 where. The ipiart/.ites and conglomerates are somewhat more easily 
 (^rodeil than tlie adjoining volcanic rocks, and they tlnM'efore lie in a 
 hollow, which is llanked on one side? by Mlack Tshmd, and on the otluM- 
 by the east shore, the beds standing g(!nerally at a high angle and 
 striking parallel to the gmieral cur\ing trend of tlu^ shore.' 
 
 ' Wannipegow or Kole I'iver at its mouth breaks through a belt of 
 evenly banded gneisses, above which it (lows for ten or twelve miles 
 through a rich alluvial plain wooded with [loplar and white spruce. 
 
•J 
 
 GENEKAL DI'SCHirTIOV. 
 
 11 O 
 
 ems to How in a 
 
 and ridi,'os, the 
 
 fre in the lower 
 
 cl land, ihiclvly 
 
 tliickly v.oodcl 
 
 oles, siiiiilai' to 
 li-west hi<lo of ,1 
 til portage, ail' I 
 jittle I'lood-vcin 
 astern side nt a 
 eorcil liy glarial 
 oi eiear water 
 1 this lake tlieic 
 rand Kapids on 
 
 i'r south til 1 ^'■■■^ 
 strikiiii^' towaiils 
 to assume a very 
 am! a t'ew miles 
 .ke iheir apiieir- 
 p roflcs eoiiliiiue 
 ■ or Hole Kiscr, 
 e viileaiiie roeks 
 itin serie^-. < iii 
 le lal^e, naiiiel}', 
 ■y ro^idarly and 
 east it elia!it,'os 
 ted L\uieiitiaii 
 o eastern end of 
 rate.-, (]Ui;rtzose 
 s, etc . similar lo 
 n districts else 
 vhat more easily 
 u>i'(!t'ore lie in a 
 Liid on the other 
 hijih angle anil 
 hore.' 
 
 .hrou!,di a helt of 
 
 oi' tw(dve miles 
 
 ad white spruce. 
 
 the banks on either side rising to a height of from fifteen to tw(>iity 
 feet above the water. Very little rook is to be seen but any exposures 
 that do outcrop from beneath the till and alluvial d(>posiis consist of 
 massive coarse amphibolites and green chloritic schists. Un the lake 
 above, the rocks are almost entirely of the same character, though at 
 some places on the north shore the gneiss approiiohes close to the 
 water, and the contact of the green schists of the Koewatin and the 
 baurentian gneiss is well shown. Speaking generally, the lake and 
 valley of the river lie in a trough of Keewatin schists, the north side 
 of whicli is bounded by ridges of Fjaurentian granites and gneisses, 
 while the .south side rises in hills of more eoinpae? green scliist. 
 
 'A tributary, the I'aiidish Hiscr, in its lowei' portion ab<i Mows over I'amlish 
 J\eewa( in schists, liut the lowest rajiid occurs ;it the contact of the '''^'■''• 
 schist and gneisses, and above this its course is through rugged coun- 
 try composed of high barren hills of gray gneiss, thinly wooded with a 
 stunted growth of small Hauksian pine. Specimens of galena atid 
 clialcopyrite, stated to have been found on the north shore of W'amii- 
 pijgow Lake were shown lo the writer, and the oceurrenc(> of these 
 minerals is not improbalile along the above ni(!ntioned contaci lin(>.' 
 
 ' I'^'om tlu^ mouth of W'annipegow lliver to Manigotagan dv Had- 
 ihroat I'ay the shore is eumposed of greenish-gray evenly banded 
 i.'ii(>isses, with schists and alter(\d traps of the Keewatin series, while 
 near Clement Point these are overlain by Winnipeg sandstone, tiiis ri' tn'iii 
 latter being the most northerly point at whiih I'aheo/.oie rocks li,i\e 
 heen reco<'nized on the east sitli; of the lake. 
 
 I'ouu. 
 
 .\I.'ii;'.t,'uta),Mii 
 
 liiM'V. 
 
 ' Maiugotagaii I!i\'er is remarkably pioturesi|ue thi'ou!.'h>>ut, consist - 
 iug of long ijuiel. stretches of clear brown water, sep.ir.iled by roekv 
 ra|ii(ls or highabru[il falls, which are passed on portages of an averagi- 
 length of from on(! to two hundred yards, twenty-three of which mus' 
 lie aseeuded on the way from Lake Winnipeg to l\at Porta-c bake. 
 
 ' l''rom tl'.e mouth of Mani^otagaii l!i\"r to Point Ab'tasse, nort!; 
 of the mouth of Wii\nipeg Uiver, granites and gnei.sses every wlicr.' 
 compose the points on the slirire, and these |)oiiils are usually coir 
 uocted by gently cur\ed sandy beaches in front I'f low lying ,illu\iMl 
 lamb 
 
 • < >n Winnipeg Hiver tluM'ocks are all granites and gneisses, but WnuiiiK'^; 
 towards the east end of bac du Uoniiet and at-ound the mouth of '''^"''• 
 Oiseau iiiver, thiiilieddetl green schists and altered (taps, doulaless oi 
 Keewatin age, make their appear'anee, striking up the valle\ of the 
 latter stream. Abo\e the lake on tin- main river, the lianks, as f.ir as 
 
12 o 
 
 LAKE WINNlPEa. 
 
 the mouth of Whitemouth River, are chiefly composed of till, witli 
 many litncstone boulders, and the rocks are scored in a south-soutli- 
 easterly as well as a south-westerly direction, showing that the 
 earlier glacier moving 30uth eastward over the Pahuozoic Lake Winni- 
 peg basin, had extended at least this far eastward, though there is no 
 sign of liuiL'stono drift on the main portion of Lac du Bonnet itself or 
 on tlie lowL'r part of Winnipeg lliver.' 
 
 DETAILED DESCIUPTIONS OF THE COUNTRY BORDEH- 
 ING THE EAHT SIDE OF LAKE WINNIPEG. 
 
 Hooks of 
 islands in 
 (Jrciit I'liiv- 
 
 Playyri'.en Lnh'. 
 
 Oft' the west point of the island lying N. 12° E., from Wiinci, 
 Landing are rounch^d knobs rising a foot or two above the water-. 
 They consist of browiiishgray gneiss, cut by a dyke of red granite six 
 feet wide, from which siuallor \eins extend in all directions. 'I'lic 
 bearing of the main dyki! is generally >S. 5G E., but at ont; places it 
 runs for ten feet at right angles to this. It is distinctly banded, bciiiL: 
 coarser in the middle, and usu illy finer toward the sides. 
 
 Tiie island nouth of Kettle Island is coniposi'd of dark moderately 
 coarse-grained (juart/.-mica-diorite-gneiss, with a \eiy irregular laniin 
 atioii, striking for tlie most part about N. 45° E., but in one ]ilaei' 
 S. 70 i'l It is composed of plagioclase felspars, microclino, (luait/, 
 biotite, iiornblcMidc, a little augite, witli apatite, zircon, pyritc imd 
 Microsco|iiial titanite. Under tlie microscope it is evident that plagioclase is 
 tiie most abundant felspar present, ciily a few untwinned grains 
 being visible in the section. The pl!">'oelase is nmch decomposed, 
 fine tufts of kaolin and sericito occurring tlirougliout the grains 
 of this mineral, and in some ca:es the i'lteration is almost com- 
 plete. Home of the grains show uneven extinction. Retween sonu' ot 
 the larger grains of fidspar are granophyric areas. The (luari/ 
 is of the usual granitic type, mucli crushed, and exhibits very 
 uiie\en extinction. It holds dustlike inclusions with bubbles, etc. 
 Tlie biotite is dark-brown in colour ami ^troiigl}' pleochroic, and is in 
 part alteriMl to (dilorite, some of the grains showing complete alter- 
 ation, wliiiti others show chloritization in streaks only. It holds num- 
 erous minute crystals, probably rutile, with a sagenitic arrangenn lit. 
 Zircon crystals also occur in it, surrounded by well-marked iileoehiM.ic 
 haloK. The hornblende is in very small tiuiintity. Apatite occurs in 
 ratliiM' stout erystids scattered through the section, and pyrite is found 
 in welldeliiied crystals. 
 
 Isl.-uui .soetli 
 of Kettl>- 
 Island. 
 
 chariicter 
 rock 
 
■] 
 
 PLAYGREEN LAKE. 
 
 13 G 
 
 d of till, with 
 a south-south- 
 wing that the 
 c Lake W'iuni- 
 agh there is no 
 3onnet itself or 
 
 IIY BORDEU 
 s^lPEG. 
 
 ., from Wiiriei. 
 above the water. 
 i red griiuite six 
 direetions. 'Plie 
 it at one place it 
 bly banded, beinu' 
 ides. 
 
 ' dark uioderatily 
 L' irregular lamin- 
 l)Ut in one I'lii'f 
 licrocliiio, iiuait/, 
 ri'oii, ]>yrile ami 
 it {ilagioelase is 
 uitwiiiued grains 
 liuich deeomposed, 
 huut the grains 
 li is almost eimi 
 Uetween sonir nl 
 leas. Tlie i\\m\/ 
 ul exldbits very 
 ith bubbles, etc. 
 I'ochroie, and is in 
 ;ig complete alter- 
 It holds nuni 
 itic arraiigeini nt. 
 narked pleoclin.if 
 Apatite occurs in 
 lud pyrite Is found 
 
 This gneiss includes many rounded and angular masses, up to five 
 feet in diameter, of a dark fine-grained hornblende-granitite-gneiss, 
 containing crystals of primary epidote, the line between the two 
 gneisses being sharply marked, though the former often shows a dis- 
 tinct lamellar structure around the masses of the latter. Both 
 gneisses are cut by many dykes of red granite ranging up to fifteen 
 feet wide, the larger ones being near the west side of the island. 
 
 Three miles north of Warren Landing is a low bushy island formed 
 of coarse white granite, with irregular inclusions of darker gneiss. 
 
 Half a mile east of Kettle Island is a low scrubby island where the 
 reddish-gray gneiss strikes S. 70° H 
 
 Kettle I.sland is composed chietly of gray granitoid gneis.s, through Kettle Island 
 which are scattered rounded inclusions, from a foot to several yards in 
 diameter, of darker gray gneiss. On a low island a mile and a half 
 north of Kettle Island the gneiss is heavily laminated, running S. 
 75" E. 
 
 On tho east side of (Joose Lsland is an outcrop of fine-grained dark- Goose Island, 
 gray (luartznnca-diorite-gneiss, composed chiefly of plagioclase, biotite, 
 quartz, muscovite,andortlioclase, with epidote, apatite, zircou, magnetite 
 and chlorite. The rock shows distinct evidence of pressure, the quartz Lithological 
 being fractured, and showing wavj' extinction. Plagioclase is present ^^'^'^'''l' '""• 
 in large amount. There are also some grains of untwinned feldspar, 
 which may be orthoclase, and a few grains that exhibit the char- 
 ficteristic twinning structure of microcline. 
 
 Biotite is the principal bisilicate present, it is light-yellow to brown 
 in colour and strongly pleochroic. Associated with it is a consider- 
 able quantity of colourless muscovite. Small zircon.s, showing the 
 pleochroic lialos so often noticeable, occur in the biotite. Apatite is 
 in large, short, stout crystals. Magnetite is rather abundant. Chlor- 
 ite occurs as a decomposition product of the micas. 
 
 Lying against this diorito-gnei.ss in an irregular line bearing gener- 
 ally north-and-south, is a very lamellar micaceous gneiss, striking east, 
 and-west and almost vertical. Between the lamella' are included many 
 masses of darker fine-grained dioritic rock, all more or less drawn out 
 in the direction of lamination. Tlie.se various rocks are cut by banded 
 veins of pegmatitic granite, usually running about N. 45° E. 
 
 On the east side of the island are two narrow veins, striking N. 10° 
 E., of fine-grained dark-green compact <iuartz-diabase, which under the 
 luicroscopo is seen to consist of a fine-grained felspathic and chloritic 
 
14 fi 
 
 LAKE WINNIPEG. 
 
 IhIiviuIs iiiar 
 <k)os(' Isliiiul 
 
 Tiitli(ilri;,Hc'al 
 dt'scriptioii.--. 
 
 I'laVf,'!'!-)!! 
 
 I'liiiit. 
 
 groundmass, througli which are distributed numerous lath-like crystals 
 of a more or less decompcsed plagioclase. Quartz and augito also 
 occur, 
 
 A third of a mile north-past of Goose Island, is a small island of 
 light-gray gneiss striking S. 85° E, 
 
 A small island almost a mile north-north-west from (Joose Ishind is 
 t'omjioscd of a dark-gray moderately finegrained almost massive gneiss, 
 with a few porphyritic felspar crystals scatteretl through it. Ii 
 possesses a somewhat distinct lamination, striking N. '20° W., and 
 (lipping N. 70' K. < 55°. It is also cut by a series of almost vertical 
 j )intage planes running northaiid-south, breaking the rock into massi-. 
 from one to two feet in thickness. Some veins of red pegniatitir 
 granite also cross this island in a direction N, 15° K. 
 
 Under the microscope, the gneiss is seen to be a tolerably fresh hold- 
 ( rystalline rock, consisting of ([uai'tz, i)lagioclase,orthoclasf', hornblende, 
 biotilo, aiigite, titanit(>, epidote, magnetite, /.ircon, chloi'ite, apatite and 
 pyrite. Small areas showing granophyric structure occur between many 
 of the felspar gi'ains. The (piartz is of the ordinary granitic type, liolils 
 numerous inclusions, and in its fractured apjieai-ance and wavy extiiic 
 tiop shows evidence of having been subjected to dynamic action. Tlir 
 felspai occurs in both twinned and untwinned grains, many of wliicli 
 show m(jre or less kaolinization ; it holds numerous inclusixjns. Horn 
 bleu li' is the most alamdant bisilicatt^ present. It occurs in strongU- 
 pleochroic individuals, dark-green to lighter in colour. Many of tin 
 indivitlu.'ils are twinned and well delined in their crystallugrajihir 
 l)oundarics. Astiikiiig feature of the section is the abundance ot 
 titanite present in it. The epidote occurs in quite large individuals, 
 which in some cases include apaiite and magnetite. Its pleochniisin 
 is quite mai-ke<l and the interferenci> colours are brilliant. 
 
 Playgrcen Point is a rocky promontary of dark hornlilendic gnei^ 
 sti'iking N. tiO E., cut along the lines of foliation by heavy tiands .>t 
 coarse reddish-gray biotitic granite. 
 
 Tlu! islands towards the north and north-west of Playgreen Point 
 are all rocky knolls composed of very similar gneiss. 
 
 The large island near the north-west side of the bay is of a mediuir- 
 grained gray hornblende-granite cut by wide veins of red pegmatite. 
 
 West of the most westerly channel into Little Playgreen Lake is a 
 low point surrounded by rocky reefs, and composed of I'eddish-gray 
 gneiss foliated N, 60° \V. Catfish Point is very similar in character, 
 
•1 
 
 LITTLE PLAYfiHEKN LAKK. 
 
 15 a 
 
 smiill isliuid ot' 
 
 fioose Islinid i- 
 m<assivo ''iieiss, 
 
 consisting of light-red gnoiss sirikiny N. T-")' E. and dipping S. l.'i' E. Outiisli I'oint 
 < 60° In the next seven miles along the west shore of the lake, very 
 few exposun!s of rock were seen, and then tlie lake bonds to the north 
 around a low I'ocky point composed of a roddish-gi'ay dioritic gneiss 
 striking S. 40 E., while a number of low reefs of similar rock lie off 
 the point. The bay to the north-east is also studded with islands of 
 similar character. One long point near the bottom of the bay consists 
 of reddish gr;iy gneiss, with some highly biotitic bands, striking 
 N. 70' E., and dipping S. 20' E. < GO . On the north side of the 
 l)ay, where the miiin channel of Nelson IJiver Hows from Playgreeu 
 Lake, the rock forming the bed and sides of the channel is a well- 
 foliated reddish-gray biotitic gneiss striking N. oO" E. and dipping 
 S. 40 E. < 25'. 
 
 L'urs in sti'oni;lv 
 
 C/iaiDirln h/'tirei'ti drrat unci f/itth' I'laygrf'u Lakin. 
 
 The banks of the steamboat channel consist of reddish-gray gneiss, 
 almost massive in texture, rising in rounded bosses from the edge of 
 the water up to the height of thirty feet. The eastern channel is 
 \ery similar in character, with low roiinded rocky banks of Laurentian 
 gneiss. 
 
 /.i/lh' /'/a>/f/ree7i Lake. 
 
 Little I'laygreen f-ake is di\ ided into two fairly disliiu't portions by s.i'iliir I'nint 
 a nai'row strait just north of Soulie • Point which is a rocky knoll V!|''|'^^""-^ 
 consisting of gray granitoid gneiss, striking N. 75 M 
 
 North of this pi)int is a small island, composed, tm the north side, 
 of a dark-gray biotitic gnei-is cut by muiy reticulating \eiiis of a 
 reddish granite, while along the south side of the island, and separated 
 from the gneiss, just mentioned, by a strongly marked line of contact, 
 is a massive I'ed and gi i-enish-gray, mottled, rather coarsegrained 
 hornblende granitite, in which are many inclusions of the darker 
 gneiss. 
 
 Under the microscope this granitite is seen to be a thoroughly crys- Litlmlntrioal 
 talline granular admixture of (juartz, felspar, biotite, more or loss ''''■^'''ii.tiim. 
 altered to chlorite, and hornblende, with epiilote, zircon, pyrite, 
 magnetite and apatite. The rock exhibits abundant evidence of 
 dynamic action. The quartz and felspar are much shattered, the 
 ipiartz beting in many instances so ground up as to form a line niozaic. 
 The felspar is much kaolinized, and jotii tuinerals possess very wavy 
 and uneven extinction. The zircon is in large individuals with a 
 curious clo^e-brown colour. 
 
16 o 
 
 LAKE WINNIPEG. 
 
 Islands of 
 Little Play- 
 green Luke. 
 
 South-wpst 
 portion of 
 Little Play- 
 green Lake. 
 
 Molyb<lenitG 
 crystalH. 
 
 A quarter of a mile west of Soulier Point is a small island com- 
 posed of red granitite which is here definitely foliated N. 65° E. Jr. 
 also includes many large masses of the dark-gray gneiss. 
 
 South-west of this island are other islands composed of similar find 
 hornblende-granitite-gnoiss. One, a mile and a half distant, and on 
 the edge of the open lake, being more particularly examined, wa: 
 found to be a coarse granitito-gneiss, with a lamination, dipping 
 N. 50' W. < 11", and in many places a well marked schistosity strik- 
 ing S. 80° E. It consists of quartz, felspar much of which is micro- 
 cline, biotite, hornblende, apatite, zircon, epidote, allanitc, chlorite, 
 and magnetite. The rock presents abundant evidence of crushing, and 
 granophyric structure is widespread. The apatite occurs as a prim- 
 ary constituent, in large grains, in some cases with clearly defined 
 crystal faces, mantled by unaltered biotite. The granitite is cut by a 
 number of veins of red granite, and on the south side of the island 
 contains many inclusions of dark-griiy liicititic gneiss. 
 
 Proceeding south-westward, the southeast shore of the lake is every 
 where composed of similar granitite, often with darker inclusions, and 
 almost constantly cut by veins of red pegmatite. 
 
 Six miles and a half from Soulier Point the granitite was found to 
 be cut by a dyke or mass of rather coarse-grained massive diorite or 
 diabase. 
 
 Similar red granitite extends all along the west shore of the 
 south-western expansion and forms the shores and islands of tlie 
 northern portion of the lake. On a small island nearly a mile 
 north of Norway House, this hornblenile-granitite is massive, red 
 dish and of medium grain. Under the microscope, the structure of the 
 rock is seen to be typically granitic, and the section exhibits abun 
 dant evidence that the rock has been subjected to considerable dy 
 namic action. Both the quartz and felspar are much snattered, foi mini; 
 a regular mosaic, with numerous well-defined areas showing granophyric 
 structure and exhibit uneven wavy extinction. The felspar is more or 
 less kaolinized. The rock is eomposed of quartz, orthoclase, plagio- 
 clase, hornblende, biotite, a few small grains of titanite, zircon, apatite, 
 in well defined rather stout prisms, epidote, and a little iron ore. 
 
 Near the north end of the lake, just below where the Nelson River 
 flows from it, the granitite is cut by some veins of red pegmatite, in 
 some of which are many rounded crystal aggregates of molybdenite, 
 with occasional crystals of pyrite and magnetite. 
 
lall island com 
 i N. 65° E. 1 1 
 
 s. 
 
 :1 of siD)iliir and 
 listant, and on 
 examined, wu ; 
 nation, dipping 
 chistosity strik- 
 which is inicro- 
 llanite, chlorite, 
 of crushing, ami 
 ccurs as a prim- 
 clearly delinf'il 
 litite is cut liy iv 
 ide of the island 
 
 the lake is every 
 r inclusions, and 
 
 te was found l<i 
 lassive diorite or 
 
 st shore of tlic 
 islands of tlw 
 nearly a mile 
 ia massive, red 
 structure of thf 
 exhibits abuii 
 consideiable dy 
 attered, foimin;; 
 inggranophyric 
 elspar is more or 
 thoclase, plagio- 
 p, zircon, apatite, 
 le iron ore. 
 
 ho Nelson River 
 
 ?ed pegmatite, in 
 
 of molybdenite. 
 
1 
 
 ri\( 
 tlio 
 
 not 
 
 C 
 east 
 li-h 
 
 llilS 
 ll(.M\ 
 
 four 
 
 III 
 
 SJlici; 
 ;,'iici.> 
 (jr ill 
 
 Sii 
 the n 
 from 
 distil 
 
 lAUJ,'i 
 
 rusty- 
 iKirtli 
 up till 
 
 CDlUdI 
 
 Till 
 Init Hi 
 and t(. 
 
 Ill I 
 red 111 
 ckrl< 
 ago thf 
 uetitc. 
 wl'.cti t 
 
 Neii( 
 river ; 
 so liirg( 
 quartz- 
 ili)). 'J 
 of the s 
 
^^v. 
 
 CiUNIMAO RIVKR. 
 
 Gu niaao River. 
 
 17 o 
 
 The country in the iniincdiato neighbourhood of the mouth of^thc Cunitao 
 ri\('r is very low and llat. Marsliy banks extend for over a mile from '^*''' 
 tlio Nelson River and tlieno upward the country slopes very gradually, 
 not rising much above thi; channel of the river till past the forks. 
 
 On the Houth branch the gradual slope is carried to nine miles 
 oast of the folks where a steeper ascent is met. On the lower plain a 
 iii,'ht covering of alluvial clay is seen occasionally in the depressions and 
 
 has probably all been cariied down by the river. On this the timl'er is ''hiiractcrof 
 
 , • .1 .1 . ii 1 • 1 ■ 1 i. i i I'i'iiiitrv lu'low 
 
 lic.ivier than that seem on the higher parts, and spruce up to twenty- ii,,. f,,rks. 
 
 four inches in diameter was noted. 
 
 I n the vicinity of the mouth of the river the rock is u gray granitite 
 Huciss cut by vcMns of red pegmatite-gianitite. The foliation of the 
 1,'iii'iss becoaius less distinct, until at the second rapid, it has entirely 
 Of almost entirely disappeared, and the 'rock is nuite massive. 
 
 Similar gneiss underlies the country up to the forks, and thence, up 
 the north branch of tiie river, it may constantly be .seen cropping out M(Tiftii^,'hlin 
 from beneath the covering of clay, sometimes massive, and sometimes "'^■*"'' 
 (li.sliiietly foliated Two miles and a half up this branch, named IMc- 
 Laughliii P.iveron tlu; map, there is a bancl of medium-grained, gray, 
 rusty-weatiiering-granitite gneiss, with very distinct foliation, dip]iing 
 noi'tli at an angle of 30'. Al a portage two and a half miles higher 
 up the stream, the rock is a massive granitite, varying to a highly 
 contorted gneiss. 
 
 Thence up the stream for a considerable distance the rock changes 
 but little in general character, though it may vary somewhat in (;olour 
 iiiid texture, and foliation may or may not be noticeable. 
 
 Ill longitude 97° W W., the gray granitite is replaced by a massive 
 red medium grnined granite, which often contains included masses of 
 dark-gray granitite-gneiss, and is, therefore, probably somewhat newer in 
 age than the latter. In some places it contains large crystals of nia<'- 
 notite. This red granite extends up to, and past, the first small lake, 
 wi.en the light-gray well-foliated gneiss re-appears, striking N. 60° E. 
 
 Near the second small lake, rocky ridges run on each side of the 
 river ; compt)sed of a gray gneiss in which plagioclase felspar has 
 so largely replaced the orthoclase that the rock might be classed as n, 
 (|uartz-mica-diorite. It strikes S. 75° E., and has an almost vertical 
 dip. This light-gray granitite or quartz-mica-diorite, forms the shore 
 of the second small lake, and extends for a mile eastward to where the 
 
18 a 
 
 LAKK 
 
 VIPKfi. 
 
 .Majfiii'tic 
 attraction. 
 
 Miri:uij?liliii rivtT ftfjaiii dividoH into two aliii«. eiiual bninciios, cdch about fifty 
 
 Uivci'. fgjj^ wide. Tlu! surrounding' couiiliy is lioro cxccc^diiigly dcsoiiito, on- 
 
 sistini; of baro, low rounded knolls of reddish graiuto and gneiss witii 
 
 a {jeneral ole\ation of sixty feet above the river, the ^noiuH hnvinj,' a 
 
 general strike N. CiO K. 
 
 The i>anks are low in this vicinity, and composed of gray silt 
 for a con'tiderable distance, but five and a half miles ftlxive the last- 
 named lake, the river expands into another snuill lake, thne-quartcis 
 of a ndle long, in the middle of wiiich is an island of a dark-gi'ay ainl 
 greenisli, higlily altered, hornblende-schist, with a foliation strikiii:,' 
 N. 55 !'],, but this foliation is usually very irregular, and is often 
 replaced by an ovoidal or concretionary structure. 
 
 A mile above this lakelet svci passed a low hill, beside which tlic 
 conijiass refused to work with any regidarits, and a c|uarter of a mile 
 higher uj) the sti'cam, is an lailcrop uf dark-gray thinly and regularly 
 foliated hornblende-schist, striking N. 70 Iv, and with a vertical (li|p, 
 Its sui face is scry deeply weadicred. 
 
 A mile above thia point, and on the west .side of the riv(!i', is ,i 
 rounded hill sixty feet high, of light gray t hinly- foliated garnetiferoiis 
 niuscovite-graiiite-gneisH, I'ather irregului'ly interbanded with dark-gniy 
 hornblende-schist or biotit(vschist, all striking N. 75 1-^ 
 
 l*'or nine miles abo\o this point, the rivei- continues to come fnjin an 
 east north-easterly direction, t'ollowing this l>and of schist, which crll|,^ 
 out iier(! and there along its banks. 
 
 Robinson iiake, from which the river takes its rise, lies in a 
 depression from which these schists have been worn out, and horn 
 blende-schist, occasionally with interbedded gi'ahito veins, everywhere 
 forms the shore of the long narrow lake. From the upper end of the 
 lake tlu; same valley continues in an east north-eastei-ly direction an 
 unknown distance, doubtless following ihetr'cird of this band of sciiisl. 
 
 AsccMiding the .south branch of Ounisao River the banks ai'c at (ir^t 
 of clay and very little rock is exposed. Five miles above the forks is 
 a rounded boss of light-gi'ay massive biotite-grainte ; although as 
 plagioclase would seem to bo the chief felspar constituent, it nright 
 perhaps be clas.sed as a quartz-mica-diorite. Similar granitite outcrops 
 rather more than half a ndle higher up the stream, and again two miles 
 and one-fourth above. At a thirty yard portage this granitite 
 exhibits a slight gneissic foliation. 
 
 Three-quarters of a mile higlier up the stream are banks of rather 
 high rounded rocks over which is a portage one hundred yards long. 
 
 Itlit'ill-nli 
 
 Luke. 
 
 (innisiio 
 Hiver ;iIkiV( 
 forks. 
 
0UNI8A0 UlVEIl. 
 
 19 (1 
 
 ^ lo come from. Ill 
 
 Till' rock is a massive, coarse, gray granitite or (luartz-mica-diorite 
 will) liore and there included masses showing gnoissic structure. 
 
 Across the west side of the knoll this rock is cut by a narrow dyke, Rucks ut 
 averaging fiflocn inches in width, dipping vertically, and striking |,oitii(f,.s. 
 N. '2'.\ H. liranches suvcral inches wide constantly run oil' . .,> the 
 surrounding grunitite and end abruptly. The dyke has a strongly 
 inarknd columnar structure, running transversely from wall to wall. 
 'flic dyke-rock is an augitc-poipliyritc of a light greenish-gray colour. 
 It has a nuca-felsitic groundm.iss in which sericite is abundantly 
 (levclopL'd, giving the rock its colour, and through tins are scattered 
 many little bright plienocrysts of light-coloured pyroxetio (augite) 
 mull! numtu'ous near the sides of the dike than in the middle, a few 
 small and iritjguiar [ihenocrysts of plagioclase, many small rounded 
 ciAstal aggregates of arscnopyrite, and some .secondary niuscovito 
 mill /oisile. 
 
 At another thirty-yards portage, a mile and a quarter above the 
 lii'-i portage, the rock is again a massive light-gray (juart/, mica. 
 (liiirite. At the next portage three miles and a half above this 
 the rock is a massive medium-grained biotite-musco\ite granite, of 
 liulit gray colour very similar to the (juartz-mica-dioritc pre\ iously 
 t'ound. 
 
 The banks above this jiortage became more bare and rocky than 
 hclow it, and the (|uart/.-mica-ilif)rite becomes distinctly foliated; at 
 the port'ige( twenty yardH)it stiikes N. SO' E. and dii)s S, 10' E. < .'50°. 
 
 h"or eight niiles above this portage, to the next portage which is 
 thirty yards long, the rock is everywhere a very similar gneiss, with 
 essentially the same strike throughout the distance. On the north 
 hank is a clitl' twenty feet high, showing at the top eight feet of tine, 
 jiiay sandy clay apparently with very few boulders, and below it for 
 -pvcral feet and probably to the water, is well stratified sand and 
 ciiarse gravel ; the pebbles being from tlie Laurcntian rocks. The 
 country just passed through appears to be largely of the nature of a 
 sand plain through which the river has cut a small valley. 
 
 llather less than half a mile above the last portage is a Falls. 
 fall with a droj) of eight feet, at which the rock is a light-gray 
 lui'i Hum-grained granite showing in a few places a vei'y slight foliation 
 striking N. 70° E. Three miles higher up, the river again falls over a 
 liiu'grained light-green granite which is usually slightly foliated, 
 N. 80° E. Half a mile above is another fall, past which is a 
 portage three hundred yards long. The rock is a similar gneiss, ia 
 
•JO o 
 
 I-AKK WINNIPKU. 
 
 Wn.1. 
 
 pUiii 
 
 l.d 
 
 Hock 
 
 'illtli 
 
 > iii'.ir 
 lUiliUlir 
 
 mil' 
 
 pliicL'M thinly mid clciiily foliiitt'd, iitid in otIioiH ohscuroly folintcil 
 till' strike viiryiii!,' from N. 3") ]<]., nt llin west (did to N. M() Iv nt ih,. 
 «,ist. end of tlic |M)rliij{r'. 
 
 I'or lli(3 next six miles vory little rook is seen, tlie river riiiuiiii' 
 tliroiij{li rich woodc^d plains rising; gnidually iind viiricd lure unil 
 there liy icieky knolls, lnit ahovc this IIk^ rock heconics the |irediiiMiM 
 alin;,' feiiture and llie plains are merely the Uittonw of the shallow 
 (lej)reshionH hetween the liills. Moulders oontiimt) to l)o rare, and mukI 
 is seen here and there, hut the depf'ssions in the rock .ipiieur In Ik. 
 almost ever\ where tilled hy a very li>,dit f^riiy, line, almost iiii|i;ilj, il,], 
 elay. Instead of lai;,'e spi uee, with white and lilack pi)|iiar, tin' u 
 L'oiintry is thiekly o\erj,'rowti with small Idaek spruce, wliieii a |. a 
 years ai,'o was killed hy lire, so that now there is nolhiii.' l>i;t 
 blackened stems with a thick j,'r()wth of underhrusli. 'I'lir in-i 
 exposure in the rocky part is at a succeSHion of small falls o\er a lull 
 ati'd reddisli yriiy f,'neiss, with vertical dip, and a ^'encral ea-hr'v 
 strike. The lianks now hecome hold and rocky, aiul (M)nlinu(! mi fu- ,, 
 considerahln distance. At a porta^'c HO\enty yai'ils loiii,', two mlKs 
 higher up :lic ri\cr, the rock is a j;ray ipuiii/ mica-dioiite, of iiirilniin 
 grain, and well foliated, strikinj^ east and with nearly verti<al dip. 
 
 Two miles and a half aliove this portii;;c, in latitude n.'J .'in' In , jv ,, 
 bos.s of j.'iay moderately coai'se f,'raincd ;,'ai ik I ilcrous <|ua!'l/ mica ilidi lii, 
 as.sociated with a red ;,'raiiite of inediinii <;raiii. The humt cnunlrv 
 ends al)(Uit live miles ahovi' this, and is succeeded hy a laiiiiial 
 .swamp through which rise many low rounded hosses of granite. I'm 
 all the rest of ilie way up lo Uunisao Lake, a distanco of about tliiily 
 five miles, the river winds betweon bank.s composed of massive, i;i,iy 
 (piartziliorite, which foi'ius low rounded hills, seldom risiii;; lu'iiv 
 than thirty feel above the !,'eiu'ral level. After the river turns -oiiil.. 
 eastward loward (iunisao Fiake, the country begins to look a !;;;,.■ 
 niori' jileusaiit, with llanksi.ui piiH^ and white poplar along the li.u.kjj 
 and on the roi'ky knolN. The while clay ilisappears and a few pihhil 
 boulders are, for llio lirst time on this river, seen resting on sea 
 the rocky kriolls, all of rock sindlar to that beneath, showing \m] 
 little transportation. 
 
 Thre«' miles below the lake, thi^ iliorite is cut by two dykes, si.\ tii 
 in width, of dai'k green finegrained gabbro, stiiking S. 80' E., an 
 dipj)ing S. ]() \\. -^ 75. Along the edges they show distinct tiiuei 
 of foliation, but towards thi! middle they are i|uito ma.s.sive. In i 
 specimens of this gabbi'o coUt^cUid, the augite was found to have l» 
 entirely altered to liornblendc. 
 
NKUSUN ItlVKK TO IMKI IIRAIl. 
 
 •21 .1 
 
 iHourfily folinti'tl 
 , I^. HU v.. Ill \\w 
 
 li,' liver running 
 
 vivrit'il Ik'I'' 'ii'l 
 ICH till' \)ri'tl"inili 
 IIH nf tl>K shiiUtAV 
 ) 1)0 niri'. "i»'' ^'""l 
 iDoU iipi'i'in' '" '"' 
 almost im\i:ill'il'li' 
 ^ liujiliir, tlu' N\li'iK' 
 ]iniio, whU'li ii t''^^ 
 ,,,, is iiolhiiv-' Iml 
 ,,.l,m>li. Th.' lu-i 
 all fiilU oviT a fnli- 
 
 a j;i'iR'iivl r:i>l''ily 
 lul conlimi'' -" t'n- i 
 
 a.,li«)iitf, ot' inr,liiiiu 
 uly vcrtinil iHl'- 
 
 iui,u-r);i ;ir.' i",';' 
 
 is(iu:ut/.-micailu'iiii'. 
 'I'lii' \)iuiit fimiitry 
 
 ,ses of ■;rahU.'. I'.: 
 ancc of al)ou( tl'iny 
 ,s,il of Ina-^^iM'. uniy 
 seldom ri^^i'i^^ m" ■ 
 lie river turns MmlliJ 
 [.^ins to look a littiel 
 Iplar iilon-; the Iwi^ksj 
 ,ars iinil af.^w I'li'i"' 
 1,1 resting' on sou.' . 
 „.„eatl>, showii^U v.nl 
 
 ,y two ilvkes, six tV.'j 
 hiking S. 80 !v,".' 
 L. showiliatiiu't ^'■'^'-^ 
 luito massive. In '•' 
 L found to liavi' 1- 
 
 'I'lie Honth slioro of (Junisiio fiiikd riH!>M oitlier in steep elifls to ii <!iiniH»iiLftk« 
 hci^lit of from thirty to lifty fuob, or is low and Hat, tliu rock sloping 
 gpiitly to tlio water. Tho hiiys have a heaih of rounded boulders and 
 till' rock can \m «eon in many plucos to he overlain hy a li;;lil-f;ray clay* 
 with angular stones and many rounded hoidiiei's, all from the l.aurcn- 
 
 tiiiii locks, (ilacial jiroovinj,' may he seen in many places, hut the 
 iiii'k Ih ho much weathered that only llio coarser markings n.'main. 
 Till' wholo I'ouiitry is thickly i'o\ered with hlack spruo(>. The north 
 slimi' is much more rug^jcd than tins south side, and has very little 
 vegetation on it. It is also Hkirted by fewer islands and indented by 
 li'i^s irregular bays. The I'ocka exposed are everywhere of similar 
 cmiise gray i|uart/. niica-diorite, which is often vertically jointed, thus 
 
 I'lii'iiiiiig steep or vertical clitl's. At one plai'e i 
 
 lear 
 
 th 
 
 ic north-eastern 
 
 oml of the lake, n slight foliation was observed in the diorite, with a 
 strike S. 7"> K. 
 
 On (Junisao lUver, above the lake, tl 
 
 le i'0( 
 
 k is, at first, a diorite similar 
 
 10 t 
 
 liat on the lake, but it soo 
 
 n iiecomes more aeii 
 
 aiu 
 
 1 .1 
 
 lanue.s in 
 
 to, liil^'' 
 
 UiviT »boT« 
 
 oris replaced by, a reddish massive, often garnetifi-rous granitite. 
 
 The shores of Kapmatasko Lake which lies to the south-east of 
 (liinisan Lake, are gem rally low, and at the points show low outcrops 
 ot this granitite, which is almost everywhere massive, but at one point 
 iii'iw tho north end of the lake it showed a slight foliation striking N. 
 
 Shore of Lakr. Wlnnijii';/ — Sr./tiun Rior to JJihj HihuI. 
 
 I'l'ginning at the In^ad of Nelson Itiver, and procredini,' southward, 
 lilio shore is usually composed of low dill's of stratilied post-glacial clay 
 I .mil peat, with rounded bosses of rock projecting here and there from 
 ii'iicath it, and often skirted by ni'iny low bare rm-ky islands. 
 
 Two miles south of Nelson |{i\i!i' the rock is a coarse rediUsh hoi'U- 
 ili'iide-grtmitite-gneiss, without well-dotined schistosity, but in bands 
 lill'i'i ing slightly in colour and fineness. These bands have a general 
 'like N. t*;") H., and an almost vertical dip. 
 
 Montreal I'oint is composed of a rather fine-grained dark-gray 
 Lianitite-gneiss, with an e\on [larallel foliation trending N. 70' IC. 
 [Ill many places this gneiss is cut by widi^ an.istamosing veins of coarse 
 i.'litgray granite holding crystals of tourmaline, iVc. In places tho 
 ^mnito forms the greater portion of the mass of the rock, the darker 
 li'ui'iss appearing a.s irregular inclusions scattered through it. Moth 
 
 I''a-l >liuii' 
 iiiur NcIhoii 
 Hiv.i. 
 
 .MmiticAl 
 Point. 
 
9"? 
 
 •Z G 
 
 LAKE WINNIPEG. 
 
 C.luciated 
 
 Striiiiticcl 
 
 llp]M)sits. 
 
 Sii\ith 111 
 
 Montniil 
 
 I'oiiit. 
 
 the granite and tlie s;[neiss are again cut hy smaller granite veins. A 
 number of small rocks of simi'ar gi'anile or gneiss lie oft this poini. 
 
 The surface is beautifully smooth and rounded and shows pariillil 
 striiv running S. 3")° W. In one place, for about three yards in width, 
 thoi'c is a more or less regular set of gnjoves running N. \h' W., risinr; 
 up to the topof the knoll and then vanishing. 'I'hey overlie tlie otlu is 
 and point directly out into the lake. They have been caused liy llie 
 shoving of a single mass and may possibly \\\\,\i\ lieen reeent, iiut as 
 the shove would appear to have been toward the lake, this does ndt 
 appear probable. Numerous little islands lie oil the points to the 
 south for some distanee, though the points themselves are ui(istl\(il' 
 sand. For the rest, the shore in mainly sandy, though occasionally 
 si.'attered with m, few pebbles and bouldeis. 'I'lie boii!(l<'rs are all nf 
 gneiss and granite, but a few of the p(>bbles are >f cream cohmnHi 
 dolomite. llehind tlie beach is a elid' gradually de 'ning soiiiliwar.l 
 from eighteen tn I'ight feet, but its face is jiikHl with drifting .sand ami 
 there is often a little sand dune along the top. .\ UKissy muskeg with 
 spruce and tamarack stretches everywhere backward from the lake. 
 
 The shoi'e, south to Spider Island I'oim, is being cut into ljy tiic 
 waves, and now shows one to two feet of stratified beacli-sand ovir- 
 lying a little vertical clitt' two feet liiuh of stratilied, blue. temiciniH 
 clay breaking out into little angulai' fragments, .lust north of ilu' 
 point siuiilar gray gi'anite, often with a green tint but with no 
 inclusions, is cut by many veins of red graiute. High sand dunes aiv 
 piled up at t!ie edg(! of tli(' woods. i\ little rill of Ijrowii water \\r\v 
 runs into the lake. 
 
 Farther south, the shore is similai', being low and tlat. The bemh i- 
 covered with sand without Ixmlders. Much of the beach is undeiiiin 
 by clay, while tree trunks erect and projecting at the edge of the 
 water, proliably indicate cro.sion into an old swamp. The land 
 declines so that it is buc two feet above the water, becoming a niiis>y 
 muskeg that reaches Spider Island Point. 
 
 I'\)ur miles south of .Mcmtreal Point is a light-gray coarse-graimd 
 comjiact granitite, in which are many inclusions of a darker tini'i' 
 grained granitite gneiss, tliese inclusions l)eing almost all arranLied in 
 strings in an easi-.i.iul -west direction. Some small veins of red granite 
 run parallel to tluwe, and beside and parallel to tluMii a certain 
 amount of schistosity is often developed in the light-giay granititi'. 
 Other nai'i'ow veins of red granite also cut the rock very irregularly. 
 The surface is smoothed and shows many glacial stria' running S. :!"i 
 
■■] 
 
 NELSON KIVEK TO D0(; HEAD. 
 
 23 n 
 
 granite veins. A 
 I off this point. 
 
 ind shows parallil 
 ee yards in widlli, 
 ; N. 45" W., rising 
 ■ overlie the others 
 )een caused l>y (lie 
 cen recent, Imt as 
 hike, this dons iidt 
 the jioints to tlie 
 'Ives arc ninsl ly of 
 lougli occasionally 
 Douldcrs arc all nt' 
 >f cream colon ii'd 
 (> 'i\iinj; soiilhvvanl 
 li drifting sand and 
 mossy nuiskeg with 
 (1 from the lake. 
 
 i'.ig cut into liy the 
 ml \)e.>cli-saiid ov.r- 
 tied, lilue, tenacioiH 
 Just nortii of tlu' 
 tint but with no 
 liijh s.and dunes are 
 f l/rown walci' lu-ii' 
 
 llat. The heacli i- 
 lieacli is imderliin 
 t tiie edge of the 
 swaniji. 'J'hc lami 
 •, lieconnng a mossy 
 
 ■gray coarse-grained 
 
 of a darkei' liner 
 
 most all ari'anued in 
 
 veins of red gr.inite 
 
 to them a certain 
 
 light-gray granitite. 
 
 ick vei'v irregularly, 
 
 tria' runiniig S. :i."i 
 
 W. The bottom and the water here is very muddy, much more so 
 than to the north. 
 
 A point two miles fai'tlier south is composed of similar light- and 'I'lirer scries 
 dark -gray granitite, whicii is cut by aiiastamosing and crossing veins " ^""•'■' 
 of red pegmatitic granite, breaking the rock very irregularly. Three 
 series of tiiese veins were recognized, the newer slightly faulting the 
 older ones. Tlieir general directions were as follows ;— Fii'st and 
 oldest, S. .")() E.; second, S. 45' \V.; third and newest, !S. 10' W. 
 
 .\t (he next ]ioint, in latitude 53" 3.}', similai- rocks, cut by ^;ranite 
 veins, also occur. < >iie dark band, here composed of hornblende- 
 gianititegneiss, is eight feet wide, and dips N. 40^ I']. < 35'. Along 
 its contact witli the surrounding gray ijraiiitite, and along little fissures «, : i , i i , i 
 cutting acioss it, epidote is largely developed. I'oint. 
 
 At Spider Island I'oint, in latitude 5.T 30', the rock is a dark-gray 
 epidole-horid)len(le-granitite-gn(>iss, with a slightly gretMiish hue on the 
 weathered surfaces. Tn geiuu'al character it is veiy similar to the 
 gianitite-gneiss seen so often along the shore farther north, and has a 
 well-marked strike \arying from N. 35' E. to N. 50' M. A quarter of 
 a mile north-east of this point the gneiss is cut by two narrow vertical 
 ilvk(!s or \'eins of green liornbiende-schist strilcing N. 8l) IC. 
 
 At the 'mouth of a little ireek, i mile south-c^ast of Spider Islam 1 I'oint, 
 similar granitite forms the slu)re, in some places (juite massive, and in 
 (jtlier places well foliated, though the strike of this foliation is Ncry 
 irregular. .Many veins of red pegmatite; cut across the granitite', and 
 the foliatiiui often bends round towaid the veins. 
 
 A fi \v n.'irrow vertical bands, or long lent" 'ular masst>s nf d.irk-gray 
 tidnlyfoliated epidotic hornblende-gi'anitite-gneiss cross through the 
 !;ranitite in a direction S. S5 1"^ .\t several points between this creek 
 and the mouth of l?(>langer l!i\i'r, similar gray gneiss juts nut in 
 rougll-topped knolls. The foliation, «hich is nioi'e or less nearly ver- 
 tical, is distinctly marked, some of the layers being nuu-li darker and 
 more nucaceous than others. 
 
 The Spider Islands, which lie from one to two and a half miles .'Sniiler 
 oil" shore, are bold gi'anitic rocks rising abruptly out of the lake. 
 The lai'gest, which was that [)articularly examined, is composed 
 of a well foliated, gray granite gneiss, with darker and lighter bands 
 tin'ough wliich run little veins of red pegmatitic graidte. The 
 foliation is much contorted, but seems to have a general 
 strike S. 40 W., parallel to the; longer diameter of the island, while its 
 dip is approximately vertical. Across the narrow neck connecting the 
 
24 o 
 
 LAKK WINNIPKfi. 
 
 RiK'kg Hnutli 
 of Mi'latiRcr 
 RiviT. 
 
 Beliiiig( r 
 
 I'oiiit. 
 
 Ilock.s of .-.111 lit 
 soiitli til HiK 
 
 lillU-k Hivrl. 
 
 two ends of the island the gneiss is cut by a straight vortical dyko, 
 from two to four feet wide, of dark-green schist, probably reaultini; 
 from a diabase. This schist, being softer than the gneiss, is tmich 
 weathered away, leaving a sharp gash through the neck of the isliuid. 
 
 Half a mile south of Belanger River is a point composed of gray 
 granitite-gneiss, the foliation of which appears to strike about N. 45" 
 K., and to dip at an angle of 70°. On the south side of the point thr 
 foliation is not so p>'onounced, but there is a fairly definite line ararran 
 gement of the crystallim^ constituents of the rock, which gives the 
 surface a fibrous or thread-like appearance. Veins of coarse red pei;. 
 niatite are common throughout the tock, and the gneiss is also cut hv 
 a vein or dyke from eight to ten feet wide, of moderately fln(;graii)f(i 
 red granite. 
 
 A mile from this, up the shore, there is a projecting ridge of r.ick 
 composed of a coarse, gray granitito-gneiss. sometimes showing asliglit 
 foliation striking N. o' E,, l)ut often massive, Veins of both fini; iiiui 
 coarse red granite cut this gneiss. 
 
 Belanger Point is also composed of a similar granitite cut by giiiiiiie 
 veins. The surface is weathei'eii rough, but the glacial grooves a'P 
 seen running S. 18 W. The diiection <it' siriation changes sliglitly 
 along the shore hero from the north, since at Montreal Point the 
 direction was nearly S. VV. 
 
 At a point in latitude i).T 24' .'{O", a boss of coar.se, red pegmatitic 
 granite projects 2')0 feet from the shore. It contains white mica, 
 either as small radiated masses, or as individual crystals up to live 
 inches in length. ( )n the south --ide of the Imss the rock assunns a 
 very coarse, breeciated apjieaianee, and sixty paces farther soutii it is 
 usually tiner-graiiied and exhibits ,'i moi'e or less distinct foliation, and 
 also contains angidar inclusions of gray gneiss. 
 
 The shore all along is low and s,(ndy with a low niaisliy coiini i \ 
 liehind. The streaui that (lows in here is only eiglit I'eetwidf,' wlier(^ it 
 crosses the beaeli, but most of it rcaehes the lakt! thrcaigli the saml. 
 270 paces farther south coarse, gray gneiss again forms the shore. 
 This gneiss is sometimes almost massive, but it includes some bands .t 
 highly nn'caceous gneiss. It is cut by \-eiiis i.f red granit(>. 
 
 In latitude 5.3' 'J.'V .'10", the points consist of greenish-gray, coarse, 
 quartz mica diorite, which is usually massive, though ficcasionally e\ 
 hibiting a slight foliation that \aries in direction from north to north 
 west. Included in it are a few small stringers of coarse mica schist 
 or granitite. Pegmatite veins are notably rare, but one coarse 
 
•] 
 
 NELSON BIVEK TO DOG HEAD. 
 
 25 a 
 
 vein contains, along its middle line, many fine large crystals of white 
 mica. The diorite is also cut by some h^nds of light-green epidote. 
 
 Half a mile farther along the shore, pegmatitic veins again became \w 
 fairly numerous, and among them is a vein of line-grained granite- |!|' 
 porphyry from one to two feet in width. The diorite is also '> 
 here (;ut by a band eighteen inches wide of dark hornblende-schist, 
 striking N. 132' E., and 400 yards farther noi'tiieast is a band of horn- 
 blende-granite striking N. I'y E., while the diorite itself has an indis- 
 tinct foliation N. l")' W. 
 
 At a point in latitude ."),'5' 22' ;{0', low reefs run out. The rock 
 here has a rougii suifacc, liut 300 yards back there is a low outcrop of 
 gneiss the surface of which is hcaatifully planed and glaciated and not 
 weathered, having been comparatively lately uncovered from its 
 mantle of hard, blue clay. Most of th(^ glacial stria' run 8. 26' W., 
 but in two places the smooth surface wllh these striie cuts an older 
 smoothed surface at a sharp angle. This' surface is also striated though 
 the striii' are not so fresh and clear as the others and run S. 48° W., 
 making thus an angle of 22" between the two sets. 
 
 A point in latitude ."),'5 21' 4i"i', is c<imposed of gray dioritic gneiss, 
 without pegmatite! veins, but the gneiss includes masses of darker 
 gneiss drawn out in a dii'ection N. 80' K., and similar conditions pre- 
 vail at a point a mile farther south, though the inclusions here usually 
 lie X. ;!.")' W. Thi'ec-quarters of a mile farther south, a band of 
 similar dark-gray gneiss runs N. GO" W. 
 
 In latitude o,'] 21' is a low clay point from which shallow water 
 with a soft clay bottom, sti'etclics out for a long distann'. This is 
 protected by innumerable little ban; granite reefs lying oft' the 
 shore and in the bay to the south. Behind the point is a mossy mus- 
 keg with about two feel, of peat undeilain by blue clay. There are 
 very .few boulders in tli(> shallow water, but a numlier are collected 
 anumd a rocky boss, south of the point. This is coniposcil of massivti 
 '^rviy granit(>, in -.vhicli thei'e are a few inclusions of a darker colour 
 (ii'awn out N. 1.") W. The ne.xt point south is formed of massive, gray 
 gneiss with a roclii; moutonnt'e surface roughened by the weather. It is 
 cut by one narrow band of line-grained daik gni'iss striking N. GO W., 
 but it has no inclusions and no veins of red granite. T.,ike all the other 
 expr)sures, its lee side is abrupt and broken, w hile tlie sto?s side is 
 rounded. I'^rom this )ioint southward for several miles the shore is 
 shoal, but th(> niimerous rocky islands seem to be all composed of 
 gray gneiss similar to that farther north, cut by few, if any. veins of 
 pegmatite. 
 
 twwn 
 I:inpcr 
 >mt and I'ijj 
 ;wk Kiv(?r. 
 
26 a 
 
 LAKE WINNIPEG. 
 
 SputtCll I'IPlliS 
 
 near D'lcks 
 
 N(st. 
 
 In latitude 53' 16' 15", the rock is a coarse-gray granititc or quart/- 
 mica-diorite, without distinct foliation, but containing a few darker 
 inclusions drawn out in a direction X. 65' W., and traversed by a very 
 few narrow veins of coarse red pegmatite. 
 
 For four miles southward the rock is a similar gray gneiss, occasion 
 ally with a distinct foliation varying from N. 1.^)' to 65 W. 
 
 At a point called Ducks Xcst then^ is an area of spotted I'ock 
 about thii'ty feet in dianii'ter, in the gneiss, having the appearance of 
 a conglomerate in which the pebbles are a dark-gray gneiss, while the 
 matrix is a lighter gray running in narrow bands between, and beini,' 
 harder, stand out in little ridges, 'j'ht! pebbles are lenticular, beiii:; 
 sometimes a foot or more in length, and lie north-and-south, or nearly 
 transverse to the strike of the gneiss. Tlie appearance of the niek 
 suggests a similarity to the so-called leojiard loek. Dr. \. E. iJarlnw 
 thus describes it : — 
 
 Litlinlii^'K'iil 'The h.iiid specimen shows a dark-irray, medium-textured rock, 
 
 (lisciii)t.Miii Ky ■ 1-1 1 1 ^,. ,1.1 
 
 Or. Harlow, traversed by small pegmatite-like cykes or coarse, reddish to greenisii 
 
 epidiitie gnmite, the whole ajiparently representing a complex intrusion 
 of one link through the t)ther, the granite evidently being the latest. 
 Under the microscope, the must basic phase of the rock shows a holo 
 crystalline admixture, composed cliietly of hornlileiide and plagioclasc, 
 togethei' with a considerable quantity of ejiidotc? (much (if which is 
 doubtless primary), and bioti'^e. 'J'lie hornblende is the most abundant 
 constituent, and occurs in irregu'.ur, cleavable, compact masses showing 
 the usu.il ti'ichroism. The biotite h,is undergone "l)leaching" as 
 the result of the removal of a considei'abie part of the iron, and as 
 a coi;set|uence exhibits brilliant chromatic jxilarization between crossed 
 nit'ols. ft often occurs endjeddc' in and s'inietiines completely sur 
 rounded by the liornblende. The felspar has undergone " saussui'iti/a- 
 tion,' and nmcli of it, judging from the niilui'eof the decomposiM<in 
 produc s, must be a plagioclaso neai' the basic end of the series. 
 Epidote is vei'y thinly scattered through the --'ide, and besides being 
 present as a product of alteration of the felspar, likewise occurs in tol- 
 erably shar[i individuals enclosed in the hornblende. Qui'rtz is only 
 sparingly represented, as is also spliene. Apatite is abundant, while 
 magnetite and pyrite are both present. 'l'\w rock is a rather typioal 
 epidotic diorite, and may have resulted from the alteration of a gabbro. 
 
 ' The slide representing the " 'irmediate type of rock, ditlers from 
 th(! })receding, in that biotite is the picvailing cokjurcd constituent, 
 and is associated with a large (piantiiy of epidott,', some of which is 
 secondary, resulting from the alteration of the felspar, but a large pro- 
 
 lia.sic |)Iki! 
 
 Intcn 
 pliasi . 
 
 '■(liato 
 
lititc or quart/.- 
 ^ a few darker 
 ersed by a very 
 
 gneiss, occasion 
 
 3£ spotted I'ock- 
 
 appt'iirain.'e of 
 ;iH'iss, while the 
 'een, 'ind liciii^' 
 enticular, heinu 
 soutli, or nearly 
 lee of the rock 
 ir. A. E. r.ailow 
 
 ti-tcxtured rock, 
 Idish to greenish 
 Dinplex intrusion 
 ])oiiiu; the hitest. 
 ick shows a liolo- 
 
 1 and jjlagioclasr, 
 luch of wlui'h is 
 ic most ahuiidaiit 
 t masses sliowini; 
 
 ))leaching'' as 
 he iron, and as 
 xtween crossed 
 coinplctcly sm- 
 
 10 "saussuriti/a- 
 Iccomposition 
 
 I of the series. 
 
 id besides licini,' 
 
 iso occurs in tol- 
 
 QuiTtz is only 
 
 lUiumhint, while 
 
 a rather lypioal 
 
 ion of a gabhro. 
 
 oeK, dilVers from 
 ir((l constituent, 
 omo of which is 
 but a large pro- 
 
 •1 
 
 NELSON HIVEU TO DOfi READ. 
 
 27 r. 
 
 portion is evident!)' original. A small amount of hornblende is 
 present in addition to the mica, which latter mineral has undergone 
 extreme bleaching and chloritization. Felspar is relativel}' more im- 
 portant, but it is diliicult to say whether plagioclasc or ortlioclasn pre. 
 vails. Soino of the iron ore at least is ilmonite, as it is partially 
 decomposed to leuco.vene. Pyrite. is present often in well-formcil 
 cubes. 
 
 ' Tn the section or the most acifl type of rock which w;i,s the; last Acid 
 to crystalli/.e, the principal constitueius are orthoclase, jikii^ioolasei 
 (juartz, biotito and eiiidote, together with masinetite, sphene and 
 zircon as accessory minerals, and epidote, zoisite and sericite as 
 secondary products of decomposition, chiefly of the felspar. The 
 bleached biotite is in places almost, all gone to chlorite, and every 
 stag'' in the proccis of alteration may be seen. The felspars arc 
 veiy much decomposed and tilled with tlu! usual s.uissuritic in'oducta, 
 In th(! twiniiing of the plagioclase both albite and perioline laws 
 are represe!itc<l. The (juartz is abundant in iri'egular ai'oas showing 
 beautiful undulatory extinction due to pressure. The rock is an ox- 
 tiemely altered ejiidotic granitito. 
 
 'The three slides examined repr(>sent magmatic difl'orentiation in a 
 very beautiful and perfect nianni'r, the most basic form being a 
 mica (liorite which has doubtless resulted from the alteration of a 
 gabhro wliicl; contained biotite in addition to the original augite. 
 '['he minerals in all three sections uie essentially the same, dilVering 
 only in their relativt) id)un(lance. 
 
 ' Ab)st of the epidote, which is especially abunilant in the most acid 
 phase of the rock, bu! which is also plentiful in all the slides, is doubt- 
 less original, and the lirst of the coloured constituents to crystallize 
 out, lieiiig embedded in the biotite, which fs in turn enclosed in 
 the hornlilende. The large hand specimen shows in what is lielievcd 
 to lie a N'ery typical maimer the methoil and order of I'rystallization 
 resulting from the slow ci liinu' of a dee^p-seated magma, of hetero- 
 geneous composition.' 
 
 liehind the point where tlu' spotted rock occurs, the gray granitite 
 is cut by thin veins of black tourmaline. 
 
 The same gray granitite-gneiss forms the point in latitude S.T 1 2' 
 30', and foliation is everywhere apparent in a north-and-south 
 direction, either as a linear arrangement of the mineral constituents or 
 inclusions, or as a slight difTerence in colour and composition, and sim- 
 ilar gneiss extends down the shore to Big lilack llivei'. 
 
 At the mouth of Big Black Jlivor the rock is a sinnlar gray 
 graiutitegneiss, cut by veins of line-grained dark-reddish granite, and 
 
 '.latU River. 
 
28 o 
 
 LAKE WINNIPEG. 
 
 Kocks at. 
 I'liplar Hivir. 
 
 < ilacial >ti'iii 
 
 Kocks at 
 !''ililar Poiiil. 
 
 also by two narrow veins or dykes, a foot in width, of green felspathic 
 actinolite-scliist. These dykes have a general trend N. '2')" W. 
 
 The same granitite-gneiss, usually without pegmatite veins, forms 
 the shore of the hay for throe miles and a half south-west from Black 
 River. Near the point south of the bay the granite rock becomes a 
 thinly foliated crushed granite with a regular strike N. oO" K. I'Voin 
 this point southward to Poplar River the shore is fringed with many 
 small rocky islands, which seem to be all of gray gneiss, in which 
 granite \i'ins become much more common as Poplar lUver is ap- 
 proached. 
 
 Near the Hudson's Bay Company's trading ston; at Poplar Hiver, 
 the rock consists of a greenish-gray epidotic granitite-gneiss, witli, in 
 places, a fairly well-defined foliation striking N. .S.")' W, This gneiss 
 is usually rather tine-grained, but near the edge of the river it 
 became vci'y coarse-grained and much more massive, [n this vicinity 
 the gneiss is cut by several veins of soft, green, chloritic schist, which 
 are prnbably highly altered forms of some eiuptive rock. TIk; rock 
 is in many jilaces covered by from two to four ft'(!t of a soft darkbhu! 
 clay, apparently without pebbles and probably deposited in the water. 
 In it are numerous small concretions of calcareous matter. The rock is 
 beautifully and apparently ([uite freshly striated, but this fn^slmcss is 
 here due to the recent removal of the clay covering. The siiiie run 
 S. 40' W. but on one i)rotecled smiK)th surface they run S, IS W, 
 while at the same time a few shallow broken grof)\es probably made by 
 the lake ice, run S. !■"> W. 
 
 (Similar green granitite gneiss foiiiis the siiuili sliore of the i)av for 
 three miles west of the niouth uf I'oplai- River, beyond which, to 
 Poplar Point, tlu; bay is literally lilled with little islands of ban^ gray 
 granitite. 
 
 At Poplar Point tiie rock is generally a iiornblende-gianitite- 
 gneiss well foliated in light and dark bands, with a regular strike 
 N. oO W., ,ind a dip at a high aiigli' S. U) W. It includes a 
 few irregular masses of dark mica schist. It is .also i",it by a great 
 number of both wide and n.uicjw veins of red giaiiit*', tiie wide vein.s 
 being line, .ind the nariow ones coarse-grained. 
 
 Th(! ]ioint itself is composed of a mass of high lounded knobs of 
 gi'anite, wooded witii stunted I'.anksian jiine. i)ircli and poplar, 
 while aei'oss a deep ehaiinel, two liundred yanjs with-, is an 
 island with a precisely similar suff.ice. Through this channel the 
 York boats pass on tiieir way up and down the lake. .lust .south of 
 
r wiilf vt'iiiM 
 
 TVMiil.j NKLSON RIVER TO VOd HEAD. 
 
 the point is a cunsidenible number of Vjouldors and the rock is 
 glaciat.d<l but the marks are mostly weathered out. However, a 
 number ot' grooves are seen in places running S. 37 W. Some wooded 
 islands lie north of the point, while scattered bare islands lie of! sliore 
 for a couple of miles. 
 
 .\ i)rominent point, a mile and a lialf farther south, consists of con- ,',f "i'.Hi'.k^,""' 
 torted gneiss with dark- and liglit-gray liands intricately folded I'dut. 
 together ; but a short distance li.ick fioni the shore the strike becomes 
 much more regular, trending N. 4i' K. and dipping N. oO' W. at an 
 angi(! of 'M) . 
 
 .\ point in latitude r,2 ").'")', in the bottom of the bay south of 
 Poplar Point, is eomposiul of bi'autifuUy foliated light- and dark-gray 
 granitite gneiss, having a general strike 8. GO' W. and a dip N. 'M)' ^\ . 
 at anule-> of from 1.")' to l.j . It is cut by many \eins of red granitite, 
 a ciinsiileiMble numbei- of which follow tlie lines of foliation. Beside 
 one ut the veins of red graiulite was a vein of daik-gray hornblende- 
 granitite. 'I'lie surface is rounded but liie stiiie are generally weath- 
 ered out. They ai'e, however, seen running S. 25' W. The sliore to 
 hei'o has bi^en generally low and samly with a few weathered bosses of 
 similar gn(Mss, both on the beacli and a ^hort dislanco out in the 
 lake. The land behind i> all low and ap]par( iilly a cianberry marsh. 
 In the disianec^ is a spruce forest. .\ littU- turf was seen in one place 
 but no clay. 
 
 Similar graniiile gneiss outcrops in numerous exposures along the 
 shore to about two miles soutli of ilarehand Point, south of which, 
 for nine miles, the shore is an even sandy oi- stony beach, without any 
 outcrops of the underlying rock. 
 
 .\t iMarchand Point the laml belund is all low with a high ridge ^jarclinnd 
 
 of s:uid behind the beach. The south-western sid(^ is suii\>unile(l by a I'"'"'- 
 
 closely packed boulder-pavement of rounded bouldei's, chielly gray 
 
 gi'anite, this being the most boulder point northerly on tiiis side 
 
 of the liike. The land on the |)oint is about oiglit feet above the 
 
 lake. .lust to the south of the point is an island ccjmposed entirelv of 
 
 ^ r.oi'.iiiii's 
 
 ln)ulders. The low land stietches south to past Ihg Stone Point, and iwiiit. 
 that point is only a small promontory oi Archiean boulders with no Ik- I- - 
 rock in sight and is thickly covered with drit'twood derived from 
 the wear of the face of the swamp to the iKirth. The boulders 
 are composed of gi'ay and greenish, massive gneiss with some of 
 red granite and a few of lamellar schist. One, eighteen inches in 
 diametei', of greenstone conglomerate was observed, but two of the 
 
;jo (J 
 
 IvAKi; WINNll'EO. 
 
 .Mussv I'uillt. 
 
 Moul 
 I'li'i'i'ii- 
 
 liof 
 
 r«iiit. 
 
 PiL'C'UM li 
 
 Iiirj^i'St from flftcoii to twi-iity fi'ct loiij,' urc coiiij)us(h1 of rcddisli-f^riiy 
 iiiassivd gneiss cut liy vi'ins of cofirso red gniuito. Tliey aro alujut 
 eiglit feot liigli and ono is lirukcii. 
 
 Ill latitude r)"2 ' 4.'V tliree or four siuootli rocky bosses rise about 
 two feet tihovo the watei', coiisistini,' .if diirk red granite gneiss with a 
 slight foliation N. tJ") E., cut l)y thick veins of a iighti'r re<l, coarse 
 and fine-grained pegmatite. 
 
 Low reefs of reddish-gray granile-giieiss lie nil' Ihe jinint in latitude 
 "i2 .'58', on(! of them cont.iiniMg many rlongatcd inclusions of dark- 
 ur.'iy liornlilcMde-schist. Tlirnce southwaid for two miles seviM'al 
 hinail outcrops of similar gneiss occur, .vftcr which, foise\cr.il miUss past 
 t!io mouth of Ijcaf Jtiver, the heach is composed entirely of satid and 
 li, millers, ijut to the ixiint of Sandy l!ar, low rocky reefs, apparently 
 oi' ''iieiss. li(> here and there oil' the shore. 
 
 South of Sandy l!ar some lathcr 
 ot' massive reddish-j'rav ''ranilite, 
 
 lii^h liai'c rucky inlands, comjiosed 
 extend inwards towards I'lcrens 
 
 iver. 
 
 Xoar the tr.idiiig store of the Jludson's Day Company, on Itcren-. 
 iiivcr, the lock is a reddish-gray granitite-gneiss in tidn and 
 very much contorted li.inds. .\t the point, a dyke of dark-gray, 
 iiighly allereil eruptive rock, cuts the gneiss, and strikes in a gen(!ral 
 way [la'allcl to the river, appearing on several of the points in the 
 vicinity. < )n tln' south side, the gneiss is very much contorted, 
 i)ut app.ireiuly with a general strike N. tU) Iv It is i^', >o cut 
 liy a vertical liyke, two feet wide, of hard, green gabhro-diorite run- 
 idng X. 45 \V. 
 
 Along the south siih; of llcrens l!ay, the first largi; island is 
 I'omposed of dark-gray, well foliatt'il gneiss, varying in the dif- 
 ferent bands front a gr;inilite to a hornblende-schist. It is tisually 
 line-grained, but large felspar crystals are drawn out along the lines of 
 foliation. It appeal's to have a general dip N. .')U K. >>. 4."), though in 
 detail it is very much contorted. 
 
 Flaih(,'ad Point is coin|iosed of a light-gray granitite-gneiss striking 
 N. 40' W., and with an ajiproxiiuatijly vertical dip, cut by many 
 veins of red pegmatite. 
 
 The northern and eastern shores of Pigeon I'ay are for the; most 
 part low and sandy, with (jccasional low outcrops of similar granitite- 
 gneiss, often riddled with pegmatite \-eins. 
 
 The south shore of the bay is much bolder and more rocky, being 
 composed of a coarse-grained, greenish-gray granitite, usually massive, 
 
NELSON HIVKIt TO DOri HEAD. 
 
 31 O 
 
 rcddisli-gray 
 y aft! iiliout 
 
 IS riso about 
 iiniss with a 
 V red, coaisf 
 
 it ill latiludt; 
 oils ijf ilark" 
 miles several 
 ■id miles jiast 
 y of sand and 
 t's, appart'iitly 
 
 lids, foiniiosed 
 wards r.crfu> 
 
 IIV, nil i'lt'lTIlN 
 
 ill lldii and 
 > of dark ,1,'ray, 
 cs ill a ■general 
 3 points ill the 
 K'h ciintDrtiil. 
 
 It is (•''II fUt 
 
 (idiorilf run 
 
 ir;;e island is 
 i; in the (ht- 
 
 It is usually 
 liiii; the liiii!S(>t' 
 
 l."i, though ill 
 
 I'licis-; strikin;,' 
 cut hy many 
 
 [■e for the most 
 liiilar granitite- 
 
 j-e rocky, being 
 sually massive, 
 
 and containing a few inclusions of a darker gneiss. Hut few peg- 
 matite veins are s(!en. .lust east of Pigeon I'oint the granitile is 
 (Hit by an irregular, lU.sjoiiited dyke of durk-gray dioriti;. At Pigeon I'initui I'nint. 
 Point the granitite, while usually massive, occasionally shows a woU- 
 iiiarked foliation striking \. 50 K. 
 
 ¥uv four miles soulh of I'igeon Point, the shore is low and sandy, 
 and from beneath the sand, peep out many little low exposures of 
 massive, dark-gray iiiica-diorite, often cut by large veins or masses of 
 gray, red-weathering compact granititi\ '{"he diorite extends a short 
 distance farther south and then, at (-'atlisli Point, is rephiced by a gray, 
 well-foliateil, granitite-gneiss striking east and with vertical dip. 
 
 Half a mile south of Catllsh Point, the foliation of the gneiss strikes Ninr Caitlsli 
 N. 4") to 7 -I \N'. The gneiss includes many elongat(Hl masses of dark- 
 gray schist, the foliation lunning around these inclusions, often giving 
 the rock a very irregular brccciated ai)pt.'arance. A mile farther south 
 the gneiss contains many inclusions of dark-gray diorite-sehist, sitnie of 
 which an^ altered to chlorite-scliist. Similar rock continues along 
 the shore to Cattish Itiver. 
 
 Seven hundred and fifty paces south of Cattish IJiver, the point is Scmih nf Cut 
 composed t)f coarse-grained iiornblende-granite, traversed by irit'gular 
 
 \cins running into larger masses, of a redder finer grained gi'anite. 
 Two hundred and sixty paces farllier south, a reddish hornblende. 
 ^'raiutite is in sharp <ontact with a darker hornblende-granitite, both 
 hein^ usually massive, but showing traces of foliation in some places. 
 • >n the beach, six hundred ]iaccs farther, a gray coarse-grained granit- 
 ite gneiss i-; exposed and extends three hundred paces farther wliere it 
 is distinctly foliated N. ."iD Iv, with a M-rtical dip. 
 
 Half a mile south, in latitude r)2 "', th(> rock is an intimate 
 iiiixtui'e of rather line-grained granite or granitite, and coarser dioritei 
 cut by \ ('ins of red pegmatite. At the jiuint half a mile still farther, 
 the rock is light-gr.iy hornblende-granitite, with M-ry few inclusions, 
 and occasionally showing an obscure foliation S. 85' E. 
 
 Similar gray hornblende-granitite outcrops here and there along the 
 shore of the bay to Flour Point. 
 
 .Many low rocky reefs lit; oiV I'lour Point, and they, with the point KKjur IViiiu. 
 itself, consist of coarse red granitite, with many large j)0r|ih3'ritic 
 crystals of orthoclase. Through it are running two straight veins or 
 inclusions, one to two feet wide, of dark-gray granitite-gneiss. In 
 other places there are many inclusions of dark-gray fine-grained granite, 
 almost always cut by jiegniatite veins, thus giving it very much the 
 aj-Mearance of the ' leopard rock ' (p. 'JG(i). 
 
32 o 
 
 LAKK WINMI'KU. 
 
 S.Mltl|.)f I'lc 
 
 r<>iiit. 
 
 Ai .Split 
 
 Si.iitli ..f 
 
 Split -|M(jk 
 
 ('|V,1.;. 
 
 ii- Thrpf^-quiirtors of a inilo soiitli, is a point conipospil of datk 
 gr(>L'nish-;^i'ay, miissivu, coai'se (HJiirtz (uij,'iU'-clioritL', cut l)y wido iiml 
 iiiirrow veins of red pegmatite. This dark basio rock is again .succeeded 
 by luussivo red gratutito similar to tiiat at l'"loiir I'oiiit. 
 
 For tlircc mili'-ifarliier, hmhiIi oast tdoiiL; tliesliorf, (lifre are f)ccasi()nal 
 outcrops of similar red and gray gratiitili'. 1 n latitude .02 2 , the rock is ii 
 very acid, red granititegnciss, distinctly foliated N. HO K. Tlircc- 
 i|u.irters of a mile .'louth east, is a point composed of a dark 
 bluish i,'ray, light-weathering horiibJciKU^graiiititc, without foliation, 
 but cut by a 1 'W veins and lenticular patches of red pegmatite. 
 
 Seven hundred paces farther south-east, the roek is jin eveni) 
 foli.ited (pLiii/. iiiica-diorite, very much cut and lunkeii by granite 
 \eins. ( iiie of tlutse, two feet in width, is n dark-gray porphyritic 
 hornblendegranitite, siiniliir to the lock jil the last point. 
 
 .Vt the inoutli of Split rock ('reek, and along (he s'nore for half .t 
 
 mile to the noilli and tlir ipiarlers of ;i mile to the smitli, the loek is 
 
 (Omposc'il of a very red massi\e granilite, in some places \iTy eomiiait, 
 and in others, cut by veins or masses of dark porphyritic hornblende 
 gnmitite ; tlu'.se are again cut by smidler \eins of red pegmatite. 
 
 South of the mouth of a brook, in latitude i')'2' 0' ISO', the -luire be 
 conuis much bokler, being composed of a reddish granititegnciss, svith 
 a dip n(»rth at an angle of ."j."i . Tn a few places this gneiss is intci- 
 laminated with a dark-gray horid)lende schist. The rock nresiTvcs 
 this ehaiacter for litilf a mile along the shore, and llieii again becomes 
 more m;i.jsive and less diatinctl}' foliated. 
 
 On the south side of the little bay, the rock is again a coarse, re<l and 
 dark-gray granititc without any .signs of foli.ition. At the point south 
 of the bay, anil for half a mile or more to the south of it, bands ol' 
 dark-gray and light-icd granilite together form the shore, being separ- 
 ated by sharp lines, which run S. H') E. The rocks are usually 
 massive, but in'ar the junction the red gratutite is fou.ated parallel to 
 the line of C(jntacl. I'arther south the two become intimately mi.\e(l 
 together, tlujugh the gray predominates, and gradu.ally bt^comcs foliale(l 
 in the above diii'ction. 
 
 The point in latitude 51 58' is a reddish granitite-gneiss, of 
 uniform grain, and with a somewhat indistinct foliation striking west- 
 ward It. is cut by one wide pegmatite vein along the line of strike 
 but by very few smaller veins. 
 
 In latitude 51' 57' the rock is a rather dark r(Mldisli-gray graiutite. 
 No foliation is apparent, but on the south side of the point a some- 
 
imLANCRIt KIVRR. 
 
 :\:\ 
 
 sod of dark 
 \)y wide luiil 
 iiin succeeded 
 
 are occasionttl 
 2, the rock is H 
 
 K. '»"'>'•'■'• 
 d of IV diivk 
 hout loliation, 
 ;iiialitr. 
 
 is all evenly 
 en l)y J^nuiite 
 ay poridiyrilic 
 III. 
 
 ,„.re for Iwilt' u 
 lUtli, the rock is 
 •s very compiict, 
 •itic hornhleiidc 
 
 1 peginivtite. 
 
 0', the >liorc lie 
 
 ilitei;neiss, willi 
 
 s ('iii'i-;s is inter- 
 
 iiH.].-. preserves 
 
 n iiHiiiii hecoiai'.-- 
 
 a coarse, red ftud 
 t tlie puiiil south 
 n ,,l' it, l)uiuls ol' 
 l,„v. bein^' separ- 
 ..■k- are uswdly 
 |„i,.itcd parallello 
 intimately mixed 
 ...conics t'oliated 
 
 Janitileu'nPi^s. "*' 
 j„n strikin;,' west- 
 lie line of strik.' 
 
 Ish-t^ray granilitc. 
 Ill; point a some- 
 
 what redder granitito abuts iigainst tlni lust. Hotli lire of about the 
 same texture, and tlio dilTereneo in composition of tlie two is probably 
 slight. A siiidlar massive reddish-gray granitite forms the next point 
 to the south. 
 
 On the noi'th side of Kabbii I'oint, the rock is a similar massive, 
 dark-gray, granitite, without inclusions, but cut by a few vidns of 
 coarse, red pegnmlito, from two to ten inches in wiilth. These ar(! com- 
 posed chiedy of dear (piartz, and salmon colouriKl orthodase, liut sonu; 
 large crystals of biotiti; are also present, and one vein contained soine 
 crystalline masses of pui'ple copper ore. Similar, coarse red granitite 
 extends around I'abbit I'oint, and along the south shore of I'loodvein 
 liay to the hmg point in latitude ol ,")()', east of which the sliore is 
 low and swampy. The rock is usually <pute massivi-, hut. is often cut 
 liy vertical and h(U'i/ontal jointa;,'e j>lanes, and thus forms a st( ep and 
 bold shore. At the last named point the rock becomes distinctly 
 l)an<led in lighter and darker bands, witli a strike N. 2;')° E. 
 
 'I^iie i-lands and the ^outli shoi'e of the bay are als composed of 
 sinnlar coarse red granitite, wldch is either massive, or has a slight 
 foliation, distinguishable on weathered surfaces by the more or less 
 evident linear arrangement of the constituent nnnerals. 
 
 lii/oiif/ir (ir /,!///'■ Illaek Rlrrr, 
 
 The riser up to the tlrst ripid, a distance of nine ndles, is withoi,' 
 iiotic(-able curi'cnt, and varies in width from sixty to one hundreii 
 ya:-ds. The banks are clay, from six to fifteen feet high, wooded with 
 white poplar and black spruce. N'ery few outcrops of I'ock are to be 
 seen, but at the fall, which is of eight feet, there is a ledge of medium- 
 grained, gray graidtite, cut by veins of red pegmatite. Above this the 
 stream is narrower, being only from thirty to fifty yards wide, with 
 iianks usually overhung with willows. The water is both dark-coloun.-d 
 and inuddy. i''roni this portage th(! clay-banks continue to rise gradu- 
 ally until at the next portage they are eighteen feet above the water, 
 iind the surrounding country is an apparently levid plain. I'elow the 
 portage the forest is green, but abo\ e, it lias been burnt over, apparently 
 sonm tiiue ago. The rock outcrt>pping at the portage, wddch is ten 
 miles east from the mouth of the river, is a massive, gray ipiart/mica- 
 iliorit(! precisely similar to that seen on the south branch of 
 iluiusao Uivcr. Outcrops of this graj- diorite occur here and there 
 along the rive baidcs, .and at the next portage, three miles above the 
 last, it is cut by a ilyke oi dark-green hornblende-schist, one foot in 
 3 
 
 il.liit I'eint. 
 
 r.i'huij;<'r 
 
 ItiVCT. 
 
V%,Vi/' 
 
 34 o 
 
 LAKK WINNIHKd. 
 
 width, striking S. 10° VV. The next two rapidu iiro also caused by 
 Himilar dyke^ cutting ucrous tiie dioritc, which has become distinctly 
 fuliatt'd, Hti'iking with the generiil course of tiio Htreiiui. 
 
 .MiiMrtivi'i'M;!,... Nniir tlic iiioutli of i.ho .soutii branch of liiis Htrcain, massive 
 rodiljshgray graiiililc appeiirs for a HJiort distance, and the nia.sHi\t' 
 quartz-mica-dioritei n^-appoars on the upper roacln'M of tlio ntr«!aiii. 
 The count I'y tJirouf^ii whidi this strcani runs iippcHrs to bi- very gem i 
 ally covered by a thick dejiosit of clay and is well wooded. Isolaliil 
 hills appear on tlio south side below the north i)rancli, and tiiose are ni 
 rock pmti'uding through the clay plain. Kor the rest of the 
 distance up the north branch, aa fai' as explored, llie ijuart/. mica- 
 diorite is everywhere the prevailing rock, usually massive, but occasiim 
 ally with a slight foliation or liiu'ar arrangement of tb<^ crystalliiip 
 constituents. In places it becomes somewhat more acidic and 
 should perhaps l)e more pro[ieily grouped \> it li the granites. '1 he sniall 
 stream followed el.'ove the forks becomes very n.irrow and branches 
 again. The channel is narrow and often very much <»bstructed by 
 boulders, with many impassalile rapids arouiui which it is neces- 
 sary to portage, The banks ar« rocky, overlain by silly clay, and 
 the general cluiracter of the country is a moderately e\eii plain 
 with little rounded rocky knolls rising a U\w feet .above the sin 
 face, (ireen timbe- is again seen in the upper reaches of the stream, 
 but it. appears to b<! f little value. 
 
 ni'j llhi.lc li 
 
 tnr. 
 
 Uivcr. 
 
 Tiihlic I 
 
 The late A. S. Cochrane in the summer of 18.'^2 surveye<l as much 
 of this and Poplar itiver as is .shown in full lines on the accompaiiyim,' 
 map. In his note books the roik almost everywhere is said to !"■ 
 a 'd.'irk-gray massive gneiss' probably a (luart/.-nuca-diorite or a 
 basic granitite. Jlis notes give the following general description: 
 ' l''or a mile above the first portage tlu; rock is all a coarse, gray gneis-. 
 Since passing the mouth of Uice f.ake branch, most of the points ai 
 bends of t-he river and all at the rapids, are of gneiss which has .i 
 greenish tinge on new ^Vactures. .Ml along tins rivi.'r the soil i~ 
 excf.'Uent, bi'ing a light-gray friable clay, which should produce 
 much better timber than it generally does. The timb(>i' is all 
 well mi.xed, with about e(iuai proportions of Banksian pine, 
 Spruce, balsam, tamarack and poplar, and a small ijuantii) 
 of birch. No really good timber was seen till the foot of Island 
 portage was reached, where, on the right bank of the river' 
 there is a small grove of perhaps twenty-live trees of spruce varying 
 
(.•DIIU. 
 
 IIKJ lil.ArK RIVKIt. 
 
 36 a 
 
 I HO ciiuHCil l>y 
 Jill*) »li«tiuctly 
 
 ivivm, nuiHhlvo 
 (I llio inivHsivc 
 ,t' Iho Hlrfiiin. 
 , \,„ very gener- 
 „1,m1. Isolat.a 
 iiid ihfsniin' ni 
 e ri'st of the 
 he nuiirt/.iiiiL'ii- 
 H!, llllt occiisidii- 
 tl„, (.rysliilline 
 ,),-,. iiciilic mill 
 ,il."s. The small 
 ,w iiMcl l>nviifli<'S 
 •h ubstructi'tl l'> 
 
 ,i..l, it is lUU'fS- 
 
 y silly clay, aii.l 
 atrly i'V.'H I'lai" 
 
 ;ll)()Vt^ tllf sill 
 
 les of tlu' sln-aiii. 
 
 uirveyi'd as ^\nu^^ 
 lio at'coimiaiiyiiii; 
 
 1,,,.,. is said to 1"' 
 niifadiorito or a 
 
 Ll ihjHcriptiou . 
 
 Lars.', Hi-ay f,"it'i^ ■ 
 
 It of the iioiiits a' 
 
 liciss which has a 
 river the soil i- 
 
 |i should prodiuT 
 lie tiiiihiT is all 
 15anksiaii pine, 
 small (immtily 
 |he foot of Island 
 Ilk of the rivof 
 ]of spruce varyini; 
 
 trorii riino to twenty inclifs at tiio haso. Fnini that point (piite a 
 iiiimher of line treeH worv paHsed tint would avcra^ti liftt'cn 
 inches. On one point of tlie river, »hout half a mile nhove tho Mink 
 portage ia a grove of about twenty-tivc spruce tiees avornging twenty 
 ini'hcH in diamot'^r. The water of the river is not only of a dark colour 
 l)iit also viM'y miuhly. This river is evidently very little used as a.sum- 
 iiii'r route, the portages being poorly marked and the bush, so far, 
 iinliuriit. The best timber in the valley is up the three small rivers 
 uliifh empty near tlu; lake. 
 
 'Above the T^ong Haj>id «some very lino stieks of spruce were ' • 
 noticed, one fully thirty inches in diameter. The land up to the |„ 
 Pilicaii portage is first-class, but above this there is a U)W 
 ;iiid swjimpy country which extends to the " Ua[)ids closclogctlu'r." 
 A border of ;;ooil land on whiidi some fail' si/.{>(l tindiei' grow8 
 nms ahmg both sides of the I'iver. The rock showing along this 
 stri|) is all of a dark, or light -gray, massive gneiss. In one place 
 only was it stratified, and even there it was dillifult to distinguish the 
 strike and ilip. Tiio Pelican River, though but a small stream, extends 
 ,1 lonj' distance, coming from a little north of east. For the last ten miles 
 iicfore reaching the small lake, tlu^ river becomes somc^what wider 
 aiiil for the must part is lined with a bortler of reeds and rushes with 
 I fi'w stalks (»f rice. This lake, one of two through which the river 
 pa-ses, is a small one with a few isl.inds. ft is bordered nearly 
 altogether by gi'een woiid which is here all iSanksian pine averaging 
 friiiii four to six inches in diameter The water is very dark and of a 
 rcildish tinge. The shores as far as seen are all of rock and small 
 iKiulih-rs of giu'i.-^s. No hills can be seen on either side, l''rom here to 
 'he portage across to a branch of Poplar lliver, the stream is very 
 crooked and its banks ai'e thickly bordered with gray willow. They 
 III' very hnv and in years of even ordinarily high water they must be 
 nearly submerged. 
 
 'The stream is hcto very shallow and in many places it is difficult 
 to pass ; especially is this the case at the sites of the old beaver 
 liiiiis, of which there are many. 
 
 ' The country appears to be all swampy, for some distaiu'eat all events 
 Itniiii the riv^r. All the rock is dark- and light-gray massive gneiss. 
 
 ' The portag(^ from this branch to a branch of Poplar River, is i 
 divided about midway into two sections by a small lake. The ' 
 |tir.st portage is 3,880 paces long, and although it crosses s(>veral narrow 
 I ridges of rock, most of it is through level muskeg, very much more 
 Ithan knee-deep in most places. The lake is called Watchee, or Greeting 
 
 I 111 tuill 
 ■InW I'l'llcmi 
 ll'til(,'C, 
 
 >rt:ijrii to 
 ipliir Uivi 
 
36 
 
 LAKK WINJflPEn. 
 
 Lake. The sunt lu;rii portion of the tniil is by far tiio worst, iis it is 
 through a soft swamp, witiiout any supporting moss.' 
 
 Tlio rocks noted on the river arc : at tlus first portago, gneiss, striking 
 S. 60" W. ; at Wolverine portage, coarse dark-gray gneiss, strikiii" N. 
 30^ 10. , and at rapids si.\ miles aliove Pelican l{i\ei-, coarse, dark i;i;iv 
 gnoi.ss .striking N. 30' H., dipping S. 30° E. < ^ry . 
 
 Poplar /tin:): 
 
 I'djihir Knur. l''rnm 1 lie pui tage, at the head of the north lii'aiicli, downw.ird, 
 
 Soil .-111. 
 tiiiil" r. 
 
 'I'lmiulir 
 Lake. 
 
 e roi'K IS .seen, ,in exposure u 
 
 littl 
 
 six miles hilow tl 
 
 le portage. 
 
 >f dark gray massive 
 
 'iieiss oecunni- 
 
 Tl 
 
 ihi 
 
 10 soil as seen along the rner 
 which are about live feet liii,di, is gdod, but it seems tu form 
 
 iilllv ;i 
 
 narrow border ;iliiii'. 
 
 tl 
 
 le stream. 
 
 r.el. 
 
 ll 
 
 i(> main stream ih. 
 
 bi'anch pas.-^es through a rougher, mon? rooky strip, and several fal 
 rapids occur. The timber on tla; ujipcr part is heavier than dow 
 the river, partly owing to better soil, but mainly to the absence of f 
 
 S iUll 
 
 11 iie.ii- 
 
 iin'^t 
 
 lircs, ihe e. )antry near the river having iieen burnt o\'er repe.Htfillv. 
 The first loek exposure below tlu^ north branch, is iiotof such a massiv.' 
 
 type 
 
 that 
 
 up llu^ hrancli 
 
 the strike is S. 10 Iv, dip X. 80' M. -10 , 
 
 ( )n an i 
 
 • huid 
 
 Til 
 
 L 
 
 d<e, till' ro(;l 
 iil( 
 
 ry coarse, light- iiiiil 
 
 dark-gray and blow nish-gray hdriilileiule-gneiss, striking east «ii! 
 dip .south •-■ iJO . l'\)r fourteen miles farther down the river, tin 
 
 Seems to be no marked change in the ro- 
 
 aIucIi 
 
 V 
 
 >b 
 
 gni 
 
 'issie, with so 
 
 ittle 
 
 e chiingo in the strike that, it has been noted 
 
 III liiuHuM'.ei, an 
 
 few placi's. Contorted dark- and light-gray hornblendic and niieat'om 
 gneissr ; striking 10., tli[ipiiig N. < 55', occur a mile farther down, ami ; 
 the White Mud jiortago, ten miles above the Indian reserve is a vci 
 coarse, daik- and brownish-gray garnetiferous gneiss, striking N. ■<■ 
 W., dipping N. 35 K. ^: 50'. The rock :it the r oids two miles nhni 
 the r(!.-erve, is adark-gray gneiss coiilainitig mie.i and some small i|iiiir 
 
 striki 
 
 X. 65 W., d 
 
 ippUlL 
 
 •)0° 
 
 Bernvn and Ktoiiiniiii h'l 
 
 At the mouth of Immciis Kivrr the rock is a reddish-gray thiiil 
 foliated granitite-gneiss, and near Mr. McKay's house a gray contmir 
 gneiss projects here and tliere in little rounded bosses, but appMiciitll 
 with a general strike S. 60 ' W. Tt is also cut by a vertical bauil of I 
 green gabbro-diorite two feet wide, with clear cut walls, striking N.^fl 
 The rock is well striated, except in places that have been exposed fm j 
 
 |lllls one 
 
 |to|>. it 
 
 |it (lesceii 
 
 I-"",',' Lak 
 
 liiilt'd Will 
 
 |.')i'.id. Sc 
 
 I'l'll some 
 
 r'l'-ky cli/1' 
 
 I'iiarked, ( 
 pi^ foot, 
 li'li'Hiied oil 
 hull sli;i| 
 
 he gl,.„. 
 
 |'''''ariv old 
 
••] 
 
 ItERENS RIVEli. 
 
 ;i7 G 
 
 the worst, as it is 
 
 "o, i^ueisR, striUinu' 
 "ueiss, striking n. 
 •. coarse, dark miiv 
 
 ch, ilowmvanl, m'iv 
 vo •viu'iss ori'\iri!iij, 
 imfi lliK ri\''i- Itank-. ; 
 cms ti> form only a < 
 lii> iniiin sliviun ili'' 
 ;uh1 ^evl■^al falls ami 
 ivicrthauilowii u.iii 
 , ihi". aVwenwof 1i'iv-t 
 irnt over ivpeatPilly. 
 not of such a uias^iv.. 
 .,.lipN'.SOK. • I'). 
 
 ,cry coarse, li,i,'li' :mJ 
 striking east with a i 
 lown the river, Un^io 
 Yhich is prolmhly all] 
 l^as lie.Mi noted in Ijin] 
 Ulcudic and niirarOMUsI 
 ,. farther down, and m 
 HJiau reserve is a v.'v^ 
 gneiss, striking N. 
 ajiids two miles nbi'V( 
 
 and some small ^\mni 
 
 50°. 
 
 a .'eddish-gray lliinll 
 house a gray conl-.n 
 
 Losses, but ari>i>i^"'ll 
 laverticalbamloflw 
 lut walls, striking N-^' 
 liave beei> exposed f"i 
 
 considenible time, and is covered with a dark-f^ray clay without 
 pebbles. Along the contact line with the rock a boulder is, however, 
 oi'casionally seen. This clay, like most of that seen on this shore, 
 appears to ha\e been deposited in water. 
 
 Similar granitite, sometime.s massive and sometimes foliated, extends 
 up the river to the mouth of the Etomanii Kiver and was found to 
 uiiilerlie the countiy along that I'iver throughout its whole length, to 
 where it joins the Jierens Hiver at the Pot hole portage. jMi'. A. S. 
 Ciiclnane in l<^8lJ and >Mr. A. V. how in 1S80* also found the country 
 ;ili)iig the lierens i{ivt'r to Ix,' underlain by similar rocks between the 
 jiiine points. 
 
 At I'ot-holo portage, just to the west of Loiij; Lake, the portage road I'oo imla 
 is across a low jioiat of smooth roi'k. l'"rom a bay twenty yards'"' 
 wjili-, on the opposite side, a rocky point fourteen feet high projects 
 niiitli eastward into the i'iver (icseeiiding more or le.s.s abni]);ly into deep 
 water. On the south wi'st side of this bill und between thirty and [ 
 
 t'orly yards from its point are several beautiful jiot holes, 'i'he ujiper- ..„.--' 
 
 must one, with a rim ten fei^t above the water <if the river, is tilled 
 with water ami has only been cleaned out to a depth of about two feet. 
 Three feet south-w(>st of this one, are tour others which have all cut I'l.t liol'-b 
 into each other. The highest point on the rim of these is nine feet 
 iliovo the water, anil the bottom of oin' is ;it least a foot below the 
 water. The outer half of this one is cut away abnost \ertically ami tiie 
 face of the cut cliff is strongly scored by glacial grooves. Another one 
 iour feet, ^'arthei' soutii west has the top ot its rim, eii;ht feet abo\e the 
 (fa'.iM, and descends to ai least, two feet lu'low it. Tiie diameter of 
 ihis one is thirty-three inches anil is almost perfectly circular iit the 
 to]i. Itisipiite vertical and unbrok(in, varying but little in width as 
 it descends. Its rim is thus li\e feet and a half above the surface of 
 Liin;^ Lake. .Mr. Angus .Mcl\av, who cleaned it out, says that it wa.s 
 liili'd with rounded gravel and cobblestones up to the si/.e of a man's 
 [ii'ad. Sever.al busiielsof thesearr iniw lyiiigaliout, ' lost ly gray granite, 
 ii'il some are of ;,MtM'nstone. Tlie rim is just on the edge of the steep 
 I'ky cliff descending to the water. Six fec>t south-west of it, is a v/ell- 
 iiiarked, deep, smooth groo\ e cut down the face of the little cliff, and at 
 tlii^ foot, on a low terrace, are two other holes that luvve not been 
 ck'aned out. Xear the deep holes, both above and below, are several 
 mall shallow holes also rounded out by pebbles and boulders. 
 
 The glacial grooves run generally S. (i.'t W. and the pot holes are (ii;wi;itii)ii. 
 :ii'arly older than this glaciation, for some of their rims show distinct 
 
 Wninial Kcpoit, (ii'ul. Sin\. Can., \ol. II (N.S.I, ISSCi, |i. 17 r. 
 
 i. 
 
38 G 
 
 LAKE WINNIPEG. 
 
 I'liintid- 
 
 inoose 
 
 l«)rt»gi!. 
 
 Manltoii 
 portUKr. 
 
 f'raiii' 
 portairi'. 
 
 Nifiht Dwl 
 (jortapr. 
 
 Ktoni.iini 
 KiTt-r. 
 
 glacial markings on the southern side, while tlie opposite side is 
 broken. The fractun; tiiat cuts one pothole almost vertically, is 
 strongly marked by glacial groovings. They would appear to rcpic 
 sent tiie position of a fall in a river Howiiig southward or south-wesi 
 ward in early glacial or pre-glacial times, the water tumbling over the 
 ridge that here runs efwt for a short distance. Now, the ridge is cut 
 away at most places, leaving this an almost isolated hill with lower 
 land apparently all ar(nind it and certainly nmch lower to the north- 
 east in the channel of the river. The rock here is a coarse, dark-gr.iy 
 massive, quartz-nuca-diorite, oontairung some large irregular inc.i;si(jiis 
 of dark-gray hurnblende-schist. The diorite is irregulaily r'ractuinl 
 and jointed and it weatiiers with a very much pitted .'■urface. 
 
 Painted-moose portage, at the east end ot Long F-ake, is over a 
 massive red granitite, cut by a dyke, about thirty feet wide, of coarse 
 dark-grec^n dialiasc, very much crushed and alt<'red. The walls of the 
 dyke are not well delined, but it h..j a general strike about east-ainl 
 west. 
 
 Three miles higher up stream, tne rock is a dark-gray diorite, iiit 
 by or associated with a mass of red granite, '['his dioiite, outcr(i|is 
 at several })laces along the banks up to .Mani'.ou portage where the 
 river flows between high, roun<led rocks, o( a massive, irregularly 
 jointed, dark-gray ijuartz diorite. The rock crossed by the |)i)rtagi' is 
 couiposed of a {ine-irrained groundmass of ipiartz, felspar, hornblende, 
 biotite, etc., in which are embedded largn [)henocrysts of plagioclasc 
 and (]uartz. ft might thus be styled a ijuiu t/-diorite-iiurphyr;te. It- 
 relationslups to the sutroundiiig rocks were not determined. 
 
 Abov(^ this rapid to the Hudson's Hay Coin|)any's trading |iosl at 
 Grand Kapids, the rock is chielly a red luui gray granitite. 
 
 Crane portage is on the soutii side, over level clay, through pnj.l.ir 
 woods. The day is a s ift light-gray, without pebbles or boulders, and 
 this is the highest ptunt on the river at which it was ob.served. 
 
 Night Owl portage is through poplar woods o\er ii rocky ridge. 
 On the upper side of the ridge is sand with '^lebijles. On the lower 
 aide is a long slope of gray sand, apparently without pebbles. The 
 total descent is almost forty feet. Uoulders are jjlentiful above this 
 to the Grand llai)ids and the country is wooded with green poplar. 
 
 Tlu! Etoinami liiver though a branch of lierens liiver, forrvis another 
 channel in high-water, b(dng connected at its upper end by a siiiiill 
 creek which at low-water drains from a small lake to the Berens liivor 
 below the Pot-hole portage. Tliis creek is about forty fi^et wide up tu 
 
-V i,.w»rtfc. 
 
 •] 
 
 BKRENS RIVER. 
 
 39 Q 
 
 iposite side is 
 b vertically, is 
 ppear to reprr 
 or soiith-we>t 
 ibling ovor the 
 dIu' ritli^e it? int 
 hill with lowci- 
 er to tho north- 
 oaise, (lark-^ray 
 M'ulill' ilH'. '•.sinus 
 ;ularly irautuud 
 iUiface. 
 
 T.ake, is ovrr a 
 ■t Nviilf, of cnarsc 
 
 Thy walls ot' tlii> 
 y iihuut eastaml 
 
 ^.(rciiy dioriti', '111 
 s tlim-itc, uul(-M'>i'- 
 portat^o where the 
 assive, irreL^uhuly 
 by lhi> portal."' h 
 llspar, liornbU'wli', 
 |ysts of plaj^ioclasf 
 "-pofphyritc. lt~ 
 riiuiieil. 
 
 tradiii.it P"st at 
 linititc. 
 
 iiy, thfoiij;h poj'l.M- 
 Ls or boulders, aiul 
 [s observed. 
 
 ^.l■ a rooky rid;-'i'. 
 lies. Oil the lower 
 Jliout pebbles, 'I'lu^ 
 llontiful above this 
 
 ih jiveen poplar. 
 
 liver, forn.iS anolh'T 
 Iper eiKl hy a siniill 
 to the Berens llivor 
 Irty feet wide up to 
 
 the lake, but it is almost choked up with wild rice and even on the 
 lake, spears of it are seen hero and there. Above the lake it gradually 
 narrows until it barely permits the passage of a canoe, and then 
 widens somewhat. It Hows through a wide u.arsh between rocky hills 
 and ridges wooded with tall lianksian pino, rising abruptly from the 
 edge of the marsh. There is no sign of clay, but the whole pountry is 
 rock and inarsii and occasionally a tamarack swamp. The ro''k is a 
 massive, gray gneiss, apparently similar to much that is seen in the 
 i3erens River valley. The first fall on the Etomami lliver, below the 
 little lake at its head is about eight feet, but so little water is running 
 that tliere is no fall in summer. The beavers have added to the natural 
 l)arri(!r a little, in order to make 'he pond above u.seful to them. 
 
 I'\)r a couple of miles down, the river Hows between steep, though 
 not higii, I'oeky hills of massiv(>, gray gi'anite, wooded with small liank- 
 sian pine, and ix'low th.il, to near the IJouldei' Rapids, ifc winds between 
 iow-lying rocks in a spruee and tamarack swamp, with a weedy channel 
 tiO to 1(H) feet wide. The only trace of later deposits over the rock, 
 consists of light-gray tine-grained silt with pebbles, but this is very 
 scanty. At tjic i'oiilder Rajiids, which is a descent of lifteen fct in I'.i 
 tl.o river over boulders, the first stratitieil lacustrine dejosits of the 
 fjake Agassi/, basin on tiiis branch are met with. In a bay in the 
 rocks on the north side is a large and weli-detined terrac,- of coarse, 
 reddish gray s.md, while jr. ?t up the river in the gray sll y till, are 
 many wiill roun<!ed pebbles. The surrounding rocky hills Jire twenty 
 to forty feet higher than this terrace. I'or a short distance iielow, 
 the river (lows in the botto'ii of a straight vallej- '200 to 400 feet 
 wide and forty to eighty feet deep, with bold, steep granite sides. 
 The channel is forty to sixtv feet wide, with a bed of boulders, but 
 is now almost chokiul v.'ith a thick growth of e(iuisetuin. It soon 
 widens out, however, with low, sandy banks, wooded with tall, white 
 poplar and lUviiksian pine, and farther down the whole country seems 
 to ji certain extent to be n.early a level plain of sand or clay, with 
 rocky knolls and ridges jirojeeting here and there. 
 
 Within ten miles of the mouth the b.inks gradually become better i; 
 woodecl with tall, white popljir, and lianksian pine in the more rocky " 
 places. A few stunted oak and maple trees also appear. Little or no 
 spruce is seen near the river above this jioint, but a few trees appear. 
 The river maintains an average witlth in the lowi>r portion of over fifty 
 feet, except at the rajjids and a few narrows, but there is no current 
 and very little wattu" is flowing. The water is clear but exceedingly 
 dark in colour. T'lie banks are generally of clay, sloping westward, 
 
 luldcr 
 ipids 
 
 iviT near 
 
 ■^ llKIUtll. 
 
40 Q 
 
 LAKE WINNIPEG. 
 
 witli the slope of the country. The clay near the mouth is soft niul 
 blue, but farthe'- up becomes j;ray and silty. The estimated fall for 
 the river from Pot-hole portage on the Jierens River to the mouth ia 
 over 180 feet, — it may probably be as much as 200 feet. 
 
 Pigenii River. 
 
 SturgoDM 
 F.i11m. 
 
 I'lgeon liivci. *^" ''bif* river, from its mouth up to its head in Family Lake, tlip 
 country is entirely underlain by granitite and granititc gneiss, massive 
 or more or less distinctly foliat^'d, and varying slightly in dilTereriL 
 places from acid to basic varieties. 
 
 At the first r;ipid, four miles and a lialf up the river, the rock is ,i 
 mixed gray and reddish-gi'ay, well foliated granitite-gneiss, striking S. 
 6") 1']., ,ind with vertical dip. At tht; next raj)id, between three luii] 
 four miles farther up, it is accjarso-grained, gi'i'y, porphyrilic hornbleiidc- 
 granitite-gneiss, with a well-marked st ruciure striking eastward. Siniilar 
 gneiss occurs at Sturgeon Falls, where it contaitis many darker lenti- 
 cular inclusions, and has a general strike S. llu V,. Granitite-gneiss 
 occurs all the way up the river, occasionally cut by granite veins, (ir 
 containitig darker iiii .'.iisions, but, varying so little in eliaiaetiT that it 
 is unnecessaiy to enumerate details for each .se])arate locality, especially 
 as the strike of the rock is shown on the accompanying map. 
 
 The gpiieial character of the I'fmntry passed through i~, liowe\ci', 
 added from tlie notes taken on the tri]! u[). 
 
 I''rom the n Dutii up to Stmgcon I'ai!';. the ii\cr lias wooded b/nik-, 
 of clay but id)o\'e tliis point to near the ne.\t fall, the; stre.im wimis 
 with slight current, through low land with marsh occasionally on tin- 
 edge of the river. The clay banks, however, gradually rise until ilu\ 
 have attained a lieight of eleven feet at a point se\('n miles in diii ci 
 line east of Sturgeon Falls. The rock crojis out all along the bank, 
 
 and the geneial thickness of the clay depcj.it is veiy much less tliaii 
 on the streams farther north. 
 
 All the surface deposits recognized u}) to Poplar Falls are of cl.iy, 
 but there the banks are composed, from tb water up, of a thicknes> ni 
 eight feet of horizontally stratilied, line, .almost white saiiil, sepaiatcil 
 liere and x\\rv^^ by thin layers of whit(> clay. The surface is unevenly 
 eroded and is covtu'ed by two feet of clay tiiul sandy soil, probably 
 fluvjitile. A short distance above, at a fall of nino fef>t, a great nunilier 
 of bouldi'rs fire scattered on the beach at the foot of the fall. TIicm' 
 arc chietly of gray gneiss and granite, but some of the smaller ones arc 
 
 Poiiliir I'.ill^ 
 
•] 
 
 PIGKON UIVEK. 
 
 41 G 
 
 t\ is soft and 
 ated fall for 
 the mouth is 
 
 nily Lake, the 
 i^neiss, massive 
 ,ly in (liffeienl 
 
 , the rock is a 
 3iss, striking; S. 
 ween three :ii\'! 
 itic liornhU'Hili- . 
 stwivrd. Similiir 
 II V (liirkcT Ifiiu- 
 CrHiiililc-;-;"'''^'^ 
 ^riiiali' veins, or 
 ;hariictei' UiiH " 
 leality, espei'iiiUy 
 m mai>. 
 ugh is hnwevcr, 
 
 as wcioih'd l)Miil;-^ 
 1„. stn'.iiii wiiiiK 
 I'Ciisidniilly oil Uir 
 
 V rise until tliey 
 Imi miles in (lirrct 
 
 1 ;il(in- the hunk, 
 
 V imu'h less lliiui 
 
 ll'alls are of elay, 
 (if M thickness nf 
 le sand, scparatcil 
 iirt'ace is unevenly 
 Lly soil, prohfvhly 
 It a "real nviinher 
 If the fall. Tliesr 
 L suuiller ones are 
 
 of massive f(reenstone. The banks are apparently of clay and have 
 here risen to twelve feet above the water. The ne.xt rapid has a drop 
 of four feet, past which is a portaj.;e of twenty yards over an island. 
 The centre of the island is a level clay plain, nine feet above the water 
 at the head of the Dorttai^e. A number of boulders are embedded in the 
 bottom of the clay, 'speeialiy on tiie south side of the island. A third 
 of a mile above the island portage, the river rushes tiirouj;h a narrow 
 gorge in low hills of gneiss. At the soutli end of the rap'd the clay 
 rises in a torra'je twelve feet above the water, but it is apparently well 
 filled with pebbles ant' boulders ; glaeial grooves run S. G5 W., but on 
 llie south side on protected surfaces, a set trending S. 35' W. may be 
 nccasionly seen, probably only an earlier stage of t!ie same glaciation. 
 
 On the west side of this rajiid there is a portage road one hundred 
 and t iventy yards long over the roek along tlie edge nf the river. 
 
 The little lake through whicli the riyer passes a few miles above; j>,,uinl L»Lo 
 these rapiils is called Hound l.aki' and li.is meky shoics with occasional 
 sandy beaches, and at th(^ t;ast side is a terrace of clay, six feet above 
 the water, 
 
 At the .lack River portage, just east of the lake, the road is over 
 
 a hill or bench of gray clay which is twelve feet above the water I" 
 at the head of the rapid, and it is seen to be sandy with rounded and 
 angular pebbles and some bouldeis. Three miles above, aftei' passing 
 two or thret! small rapids, tlu^ clay banks rise to ten feet above the 
 water, but, the general appearance of tli(; country is an almost bare, 
 rocky jilateau, thirty to forty feet abo\u the water. A fall divided 
 by an Island i next met, and with one above give a total descent of 
 fourteen feet, c'lual to the deptli of clay de]i(isit below. Tlie sui'round- 
 ing country has been burnt, and the smoothly rounded hills are 
 streaked with a young growth of small lianksian pine, while o\ er them 
 the ble.iched trunks of the old trees ar(> often still standing. The 
 ascent of the U|)pi'r part of the ri*er is tlitlicult. the current being often 
 strong with many little ra))ids, and tlie steep rocks 'I'opssitate h)ng 
 portages often past very short rapitls. Most o^' the poi't.iges are 
 li' icked by f.allen tiiid)er. The clay does not appear to be a liver 
 (le|)osit, but rather a thin coating of elay lying between the rocky 
 knolls and sloping with tlu? country. From hei'eup to Goos(^ ]iake the ( 
 riv(U' tlows generally in a narrow \alley, along tiie strike of the gneiss, 
 and the whole country is i-oeky and barrt'O. The current for the most 
 pail is strong and the fall fioni (!oose Lake to below i^ong pottage is 
 estimated at about eighty-live feet. No timber of any xahu; is to be 
 seen on this part of t\w ri\cr. In tht; vicinity of (lOose Lake the 
 
 ck Kivcr 
 
 rtiVBi-. 
 
 '«l^(■ Iinke. 
 
42 o 
 
 LAKE WINNIPEO. 
 
 country is al.nost all uick, but has not iKieii burnt over and is wooded 
 wilh tall, thill sprucoand Banksian pine of no particular value. Above 
 the last lake, there is a thin deposit of clay, perhaps two feet, in tlH- 
 hollows between the rocks. 
 
 Tlie uorta|:;es above Little (Joose Lake are <,'enerally over I'ock, but 
 along the north bank, at the middle one, is seen a scarped liank of 
 twenty feet of sand, pebbles and boulders, doubtless on the lee side of 
 a rocky hill iioulders ar(> scuttereil jilentifuHy idong the bank. Most 
 of them are of the character of the surrounding rock, but a few are of 
 white, I'atlier fine-grained granite. 
 
 Sliliiiiis,' I'.ill. At the Shining Fall <ii' Little Grand Kapid the portage is tlOO yards 
 long, on the south side, over a plain of light-gray, el.iyey sand with pe'n- 
 bles, rising to the level of the top of the rapid and woo<led with small 
 spruce and poplar. The fall is a lieiiutiful cascade with a drop (if 
 twenty feet, over a ledge of massive, gray gneiss, having a slight 
 foliation S. 50° Iv 
 
 family l,al<. . Family Ijake, which drains liy this stream as well as by the I'ereiis 
 River, extends very far to the south of the arm from which the liereiis 
 lliver issues. The shores of this pai't are generally ratlier high arul 
 rocky. Those facing the east Ix'ing smooth and scored or lounded bv 
 the glaciation, while those on tlit! opposite side are broken and often 
 tlio rock is hidden by a consideral.'le thickness of sand and Imuldeis. 
 The timber is small Hanksian pine an.! spruce with somi^ birch and 
 
 poplar. 
 
 Miskoivoic or Blondvein River. 
 
 Mi>knUnu 
 
 Kivel. 
 
 I'ot 
 
 Near the mouth the rocks are very liare, but !i. mile or so up, the 
 river has banks composed of clay about five feet high, wooded with 
 poplar, some oak, A'c, with low, rounded bosses of vertically jointeii 
 rock at the points. The strisam averagc-s fiom forty to lifty 
 yards wide, with water of a brownish tinge, but not dark, like 
 that in many of the streams on this side of th(( l;d<e. TIk? b;inks 
 are never very high, but they arcs usually rocky and often the 
 river would appear to flow in a pre-existing rocky channel. Between 
 the rock exposures die l)luo clay that is seen everywhere in the lower 
 land east of Lake Winnipeg, forms well-defined banks, wooded 
 with poplar, while on the rocky parts is a scanty growth of lianksiau 
 pine. Oak grows here and there on some of the dryer jioints. 
 
 About nine miles from the mouth of the river a portage of 140 yards 
 is made past a rapid and on the summit of this portage, at the very toji 
 
MI8K0W0W RIVER. 
 
 43 G 
 
 of the rock, (it'tccn feet aliuve tlie water ut the head of the rapid, is a 
 beautifully rounded pot iiole eij;hteen inciies in diameter and eij,'hteen 
 inelics de('[), A foot lnwcr down the slope and ten feet south-east, 
 are two siniilai" hfdes, partially iiioken into one, respectively two 
 and three fe.^t ileep. Six feet lower down on the southern slope are 
 two more small ones. Tlie rims of the upper ones are very per- 
 fect, but still they appear to be a little broken on their north-east and 
 rounded on their south-western sides, indicating an age at all events 
 prt'\ious to the last glaciatioi), perhaps ir.terglacial. 
 
 The little r>loi)dvein liivcr comes in at the north corner of a sharp W"'"""""'- 
 benci al]o\(^ thi-t and tlii' river again makes another abrupt cui'n to the 
 south-west. At this angle, which is a short distance below IJirch 
 portage, the river tui-ns suddenly down through a narrow rocky gap, 
 and a pothole was here observed on the south-east -side of a steep 
 I'ori^y hill. It is ()uite round and has a (iiamet(>r of thirty-four inches. 
 Its lop is ten feet below the top of the rock, and its rim is cut away 
 obliipiely so that the snuth-east side is two feet lower. Helow this it 
 has ,1 drntli c)f two feet. This lower [lart of the rim is now three feet 
 above the present level of the ri\ei', but several feet below high-water 
 level. The surface of the I'ock, sloping at an angle of -b") , is sti'ongly 
 glaciated. 
 
 I''ri)m the Pot-hole portage up to the .nouth of Turtle River the \,.ar 'I'mtli- 
 banks are generally rocky and there are many rapids, several having '''^'''• 
 very ]>ii'tures(|ue falls. .Vbout half way in this distance the river 
 divides and tlows rouiul an island half a mile long. On the north 
 brand: a portage of two hundred and twenty five paces long is made 
 past a fall of eleven feet. At tiie west end the road I'ises thirteen feet to 
 tiie top of a little tei'race of moderately well rounded gravel and the 'i',. ,■,.;, (.,.s. 
 portage follows on a clay and boulder plain in a narrow gap between 
 the rocks, falling, at the east end, two feest to a marsh, 
 
 .\hout two miles east of this, the terrace rises to twenty feet above 
 the I'ivei' ami is of light-gr;ty clay, but at the next portage a short 
 distanci! farther, th(^ surface is at thirteen feet, while above is a bank 
 of nine feet. The bottom of this bank appears to be of bliush clay 
 but the top is sand mixed with gravel, and on the surface it is a sand}' 
 plain lying between two ridges of rock. 
 
 The river lure Hows through a very rocky country that has been Ivistcrn limit 
 , , I ,, ..,,.... 1. ■ , , "f l;ieustriiit' 
 
 burnt ovei' some years ago, and there is in this vicinity very little Land (ie[io!<itd, 
 
 of any value along its banks. This appers to be near the eastern limit 
 
 of the Lake Agassiz clay. 
 
4i (J 
 
 LAKE WINNIPKG. 
 
 In the vicinity of tlii^ foris.s tlio surface is a plain ten feet a'love 
 
 the river. f(j 
 
 ■<1 i)y 
 
 ilty cli 
 
 itl) 
 
 jnal 
 
 .;lii 
 
 abbles 
 
 occasiui 
 and boulders. 
 
 Ninth I'laiuli. The main branch of tlio river from tlie soutli-cast enters a lake-like 
 expansion, an irrei,'iilar basin, surrounded iiy steep, thouf,'li not hij;li, 
 rocky hills, thinly wooded with JJanksiiin pine, small pojjlar and birch. 
 In the depressions and on the lee .sides of the rock is a thin coating; of 
 a rather loose, i.'1'ay till containing a u'reat many angular ]iebbles. 
 
 The north branch comes from Sasa-j,'inMii,'ak Lake, but a slmrt dis- 
 tance up it is divided into two branches, one coming froi . a 
 narrow bay leadini,' to the north end of the lake, the other by a shorter 
 channel, from the south-west corner of the same lake. This to which 
 the Indian name is ;,nveii (instead of isjjuid liiike) has r.ither hif^h 
 shores of !,'ranite, thinly wooded with iianksi.in pine ami poplar. in 
 it are manv rather hit;h islands which often .stanil close tou'ether. 
 
 ( icllcl: 
 ncUr lit' v> 
 
 rhar- 
 
 The water is moderately clear and without weeds. 
 Tli(^ underlyintt rock on the rivcM', a-^ far as il was examined, 
 
 >'iy 
 
 11]) to Sa-a !,'iiiMis,'ak 
 
 Laki 
 
 is (ncrvwhere n icd 
 
 'lav or ''reein- 
 
 ,'rav 
 
 ,'raidtite, I'ither massi\(>c)r folialeij, the folial ion ofiiti more or less 
 
 nearly appi'oachin; 
 
 the h 
 
 it.il. 
 
 At llie tirst portage, a mile above the moulh of Osapiitiwiw I'leel 
 
 ;t rs a meijium ^r.uiied, ied(li'-li-;;r;iy, ^lanilili' rich in plai;iMclase, 
 with occasional gneis'.iic f;)lialion. i''rom there upward for several 
 
 miles, the foliatioi 
 
 1 IS all more or less neai 
 
 irly h 
 
 ital. 
 
 At a porlaj,'e. 
 
 lU 
 
 var. 
 
 loin 
 
 wliere t here are a iiuiiH)er o 
 
 the 
 
 a iireemsh-gray, basic ijranitite or cpi.-irtz micadion 
 
 f pot-holes, 
 ii 
 
 Kinawi 
 Uapid. 
 
 i'Vom this point upwards to Kinawi nrtioldeii iOagle Ka])id. a leildish- 
 
 L;ray ;;raiiitite is the pivva 
 
 lent 
 
 ek. 
 
 with .1 sli'dit. Ill 
 
 arlv h 
 
 ital 
 
 foliation, thciu.;h at this plac, the foliation dips northward at an angle 
 of 25'. i'^'om this rapid up to the forks, the rock, usually a gray 
 
 irraniiiie, 
 
 is f. 
 
 If t' (' iiio>,t part inas-.i\e 
 
 md when foliation is to be 
 
 detected, il is very indistinct. There is also a marked absence of 
 ;.eginatit<' veins thtoughout the rock. 
 
 Similar granitite occurs up the main branch of Miskowow ltiv<>r to 
 Aowtunigan Lake, above which this river was not e.xanuned. On the 
 north branch, (lowing from Sasa-ginnigak Lake, the rock at the falls 
 al)OVi' the mouth of Sturgeon (Jreo'k is an iriegulai ly bandied, red and 
 gray gneiss, with vertical dip and east-and-w(>st striki-, havin 
 eral app 
 
 rth 
 
 .Sasa '_'iiini 
 hake. 
 
 -al< 
 
 anceof a mica schist interfoliated with thin bands of gr.mite. 
 On S.isa-uiniugak Lake, and on the two branches of the rivei' below 
 
 it, tl 
 
 le iO( 
 
 ;k 
 
 s a'so a niedium-grained gray granite, usually in issive 
 
 but, occasionally foliated. 
 
 ly 
 
nor, IIRAD TO I,OOV STUAIT. 
 
 45 a 
 
 S/iore Iff l.iih' Winnipeg — Doq Head to Laon Strait. 
 
 a liike-liko 
 1 not lii^l'i 
 
 Tl 
 
 MS Si lip 1) 
 .if til 
 
 if sir 
 
 V(!iv rt'LTUliir 111 ( 
 
 lutlinc iui'l closely follows tlir 
 lie striki' of the fjneissoH. l''roiii tin' cvidoiice of tlio ox" 
 posiircs on tlir points and in Ijoon Hay, il is sui)[)os(mI that tlm diannc', 
 ofcii[)ie(l ill this part liy tin; lake, is eroded iilony the line of ii band of 
 dark schist and j,'roenstone which might possibly be of Ilui'oninn age, 
 though niiK'h altered by contact wit'i eruptive granite or gneiss — a 
 band <if whicli outcrops at Loon Strait. It is al-o supposed to continue, 
 in a highly altered state much iHulueed in thickness, as far as the 
 \icinity of Mice itivcr where dark ;;reeii porphyry a.ssociated with 
 pui'phyrilie gneiss, and dark tine gi'aiiied schists outcrop above the 
 tirst iMpid. 
 
 Tiie large:- i-;latiil- oil' I he point opposite r)og Head, art cviiiposed nt' 
 a well t.ilialed poi'phyrii ,i' granitite-gneiss, eontiiir.ing large purphyriiii' 
 crystals of felspar, around which tli<' groundina-s exhibits a well inarkeii 
 tlow si r\\c\ lire. The foliation is si raiiiht atid regular in a direction N. tlO 
 
 I il'lU'lil 
 
 1 liai'iii'l 
 
 
 I'lll' llp- 
 
 i 1. 1- 
 
 W',. with a vertical 
 
 This evenly foliated gneiss gradually changes 
 
 into (he much less distil. ctly foliated gnci.-s 
 
 .ecu o 
 
 II the hIii^ic to llie east. 
 
 no sii.irii line o 
 
 >f d 
 
 leinarealiiiii 
 
 bet 
 
 wei>n th(^ 1 Wo b(,'ii", evident. 
 
 <);i the p. .ill! soiiihea-.t of these islands llie rock is ch.iiiued to a 
 
 !o. 
 
 iar-~". porpliyritu; lioriibleiui 
 ittom of the bav south of tlii' 
 
 litite-gneiss. while at ii point near the 
 lliere is a band thirty teet wide of 
 
 a, tine-grained reddisli, porphyritie giaiiitile-gnei^s, behind which is 
 
 coai 
 
 •ser b.'indcd, trreeii and iimI hornbleiule-''ranitite 
 
 •gneiss dipping 
 
 northeastward at an aiiijle of 7(1 
 
 The next point down the shore, alimist direetly opposite l>cig Head, 
 is conipos'd chietly of porphyritie gneiss, in which are some daikt;r and 
 tiller bands, as well as bands of Iiik^ red grauite, all striking, as before, 
 along the shore. 
 
 The next iioini, half a mile farther south, shows lifteen feet of an 
 e\-enly laminated reddish felspathii' graiiitile-gneiss, dipping N. 3.")' E. 
 < 7") , cut by minute joints whi'h cause it to t'leak readily into small 
 angular fragments, ,ind weathering with a very red and much-pitted 
 surfa(;e. ijehiiid this, for 150 feet is i thickly laminated dark-gray 
 hornblendegranitite-gneiss, weathering to a light rusty brown, and 
 also breaking along numerous jointage planes. Succeeding this i.s a 
 coarse porphyritie gneiss. 
 
 In latitude")!' 43' 30", the rocks were examined for a mile and a 
 quarter back from the lake, and were found to gradually lose their 
 
46 Q 
 
 LAKB WINNIPEG. 
 
 ()j>po«iti> 
 
 rjinii'sfnlli' 
 
 Cave I'liiii 
 
 Suil'ai'i' (1( 
 
 stronjjly laminiitetl chanictor, imiil, iit the ond of (hi iibove cHHtimce, 
 the foliation was inarUed by a .siiglit linear arrnngencrt only of the 
 cryytalline eoustituents. 
 
 About four niih's south fioin Doi; Head this slioio is cnnipuscd of a 
 f^ray, foliated gneiss, stiikinj,' N. (iO' W. with an almost vortical dip. 
 Some of the hands are dark and moderately rme-graimsd with veins or 
 bands of fine, red ;,'rainte, striking,' in the same direction, lyinjj alon;; 
 the plane of foliation. The eomposition of tiie {.'neiss wliieh might lie 
 termed hornlilcnde granititegneiss, is found to remain very unit'oim 
 for some distanee, but itiaduiilly loses its crystalline appearance, 
 becoming, farther south, more micaceous, anil in places is in part a 
 mica-sciiist. The foliation throughout is very o\en and regular with 
 few contortions. 
 
 Abreast of Limestoiu* Cave Point, tlie shore-line crosses the strike fur a 
 , short distaiic(^ to the west. Opposite some small islands lying mar 
 the east shore, the rocU is a reddish-gray, thinly foliated gneiss, 
 but the foliation is not. so regular as before, and many of the bands 
 anastamose with each other, so that it Is ditlicult to determine the 
 c.vact strike. It is, however, nearly parallel to iho general trcml of 
 the shore-line. 
 
 Till! lock is oveilain by a font or two of coarse, ;ingular sand con- 
 taining pebbles and boulders, few or none of which show any sign of 
 glaciatioii, though the rock is smoothed and grooved. This sand is 
 in turn overlain by a soft blur clay without pebbles, the same as noted 
 before. On the surface are some pebbles and boulders. Tlu' 
 whole shore is here piled up often to ;. height of ten or twelve feet, 
 with large, roe.ndeil and angular boulders, many of which are of massive 
 gray gneiss. To the south the shore for a short distance is sheltered 
 by long narrow islands, and boulders are not so plentiful. I'assing 
 these, the shore becomes high and rocky, cut by deep, narrow 
 inlets. The rock is of similar character, with a strike parallel to the 
 shore. Little cliffs of clay and boulders are seen fai'ther on, over- 
 lying the rock and the shore is strewn with bouiders chietly of 
 gray massive granitite-gneiss. These little boulder hills extend along 
 the shore for a considerable distance and appear lo be niorainic. The 
 islands mentioned above are mainly rocky, though covered by spruce 
 and scrub pine. The rock is a rather fine-grained regularly-foliated 
 granitite-gneiss, with a few veins of red pegmatite running generally 
 with the foliation, but at times crossing it obliquely. On the main- 
 land a little to the south, the gneisses are tinged with a light-green 
 colour, becoming deeper across tlie strike to the east. At about one 
 
TVRKILl.. 
 
 DOG IlKAIl TO I.OON WTliAlT. 
 
 47 a 
 
 )vo ilistanco, 
 , only oi ili»; 
 
 jinposcil of II 
 
 vertical (lij>. 
 
 villi vtMiis or 
 
 , \yu\ii alon« 
 
 lich uiiyht Ix- 
 
 tery uuitoim 
 
 appeiiiaiK't', 
 
 is ill part a 
 
 regular willi 
 
 he strike for a 
 tls lyinii near 
 Hated gneiss, 
 ot llie li.iiuls 
 leteniiiiie the 
 leral treliil ot' 
 
 lar sand con- 
 )W any sign of 
 'rhis sand is 
 same as noted 
 )iilders. The 
 twelve feet, 
 ire of iimssi\e 
 (' is sheltered 
 fill. I'assing 
 lee|), narrow 
 larallel to the 
 ler on, ovor- 
 i-s cliielly of 
 extend along 
 lorainic. The 
 red l;y spruce 
 iilarly-foliated 
 iiing generally 
 On the inain- 
 1 a light-green 
 At about one 
 
 hundred yards east, bunds of green ehloiite-schist appear, interbedded 
 with the graiiitite-giioiss, while farther on tliiire is a dyke or band of 
 green chlorite-schist with a width of nearly live feet. Tn it are seen 
 largt included crystals of orthoulase. 'J'his l)and is parallel to the folia- 
 tion, but in one place it appeared to differ in dip, apparently going 
 under the gntM.ss to tiio north, which is normal in character, while that 
 lo the .-outli is altered to a hard, llint}', sheared (piart/porpliyry. 
 hetween the dyke and tlie altered r.ick are many sin.dl quartz veins. 
 The greenish colour is imparted also to the gneiss on ths outer islands, 
 and no doubt indicates the near presence of a contact with the greenish 
 eruptive rocks of the JIuronian, which probably occupy the bed of the 
 channel of thu lake to the west. 
 
 <)[>[iosit(' IJull Head and a little to the north, the banded grei-n and <;i!" 
 reddish gneisses are again seen. At a small cove bearing N. 10' E. 
 froni I'liill Head the rock is the typi'-al banded granit ite gneiss vi-ry 
 much i)roken liy a heavy irregular greini band running along the line 
 of the strike. Through this an; also many little bands and leiitieiiles 
 of red rock, which in many places have niiiiierous angular ca\ities ami 
 ill other plai'es are mide up largely of rock fragments. With these are 
 also many irregular bands and strings of white crystalline calcite. A ['•;'■'' 
 small creek near this empties into a cove, in the mouth of which is an Ciu. 
 island. This is too small to bn shown on the map, but its position is 
 direct ly e.ist from Limestone Cave I'oint. At half a mile from the 
 mouth the ereek forks into two e(|ual branches where the rock exposed 
 is a rciddisli gray griiMss, distineily and evenly foliated, with a peisistent 
 .Ii'ik(! north-west, aiicl practically vertical or inclining slightly lo the 
 north-east. Tills gneiss is similar t'roiighout, except for a few veins 
 of milky (piart/. and red granite following the strike of the beds. 
 Similar gneiss is seen on the lake-shore, and just south, at about half 
 ■i mile, the great part of the exposed rock is a similar tliinl}'-laininated 
 L;neiss, but on the extriMiu' end of the point is a greenish gray eruptive 
 rock with which is a red band that weathers into a congloiuerale-like 
 mass, the larger crystals standing out from the decomposed grouiid- 
 in.iss. This banil is also well sliown at the point near the stream, 
 occupying a yellow sided trench. One hundred yards south the dyke 
 appears to consist of a gabbro with chlorite, felspar, itc. Thinly 
 laminated red and green schists strike along the shore to the southi 
 inclining at a high angle towards the north-east, and in places the shore- 
 line is in the form of a steep wall twenty to forty feet high. A great 
 similarity in the t!xposures is noticed along this stretch, as the same 
 beds practically occupy tlu; shore to Loon Creek. Six miles north of 
 the mouth of this stream the rock is a granitite-gneiss. It is inter- 
 
 i.iti 
 
 lle;l( 
 
 ..f 
 
 isloiic 
 • I'.pirit. 
 
48 a 
 
 LAKi; WINNII'K'i. 
 
 bodilcd witli (Inrk ^'recii anipliiliDlito liivnds find is cut by wido vein - 
 of ifiiihifc. Ill iniiiiy pIiKjcs it is niucli lirokcn \>y Mniall irrc^'uliir fiiii!t>, 
 in till' liiu'.-i i)f wliicli are veirm ot' li;;liL yreon e[)idciti!. Tlui rock i. 
 pnihiilily more broken than any yet seen. Tt has a Ntriko N. •((>' \V'., 
 and ou the inside of tlio bay thero is a li;;lit dip N. Hf) Iv, but on tin 
 point tlio dip is to thi; south- west. 
 
 f. 11(111 ('vcik. 
 
 LiHiiiCii'i 
 
 Fiooii Crook was cxnnunrd for six rn' '■< from its inouth. At tlif 
 rtr'^t rapid, two miles U[> it runs throuu'li two cracks in the rock, the 
 lai-ger one of wliich is about thret' t't-et widti. iJelow tins tlm rixir i- 
 from one liuiidrcd to two liuiidrcd feet wide, but willioul cin'rcnt, uimI 
 its bank-i arr tlirci^ to ..ix feet liii^li, roiii|)os('d of lii,'lit-.t,'ray, allu\ iai 
 clay, without lioiildc'i-. Here and ih 
 
 A 
 
 i l)o.ss of fjray gneiss crops 
 
 out 
 
 from beneath the flay, 'riic iiimks ar(\ woodcii with poplar and spriu'c \\y 
 to tui'he or fourteen ini'hes in diameter. The rock at tli(* rapid is ii 
 massive, i^ray granite or gneiss, with a very .slight foliation N. .'58" \\., 
 hut does not at all partake of the character of the foliated gndss 
 hithei'to des.'rihed on the east siile of iho lake. 'I'he next rapid is a 
 short distance above, and very simil.ar to the first in <'haraeter. 'I'lir 
 river above makes a long turn, first to the west and tlien north, ami 
 around to the southeast to a ]>oint a mile and .i li;df northeast of the 
 
 second rapid, fn this distaie e two 
 and gneis.s. similar to that on the lak 
 
 rapids .ire passed within a mile, 
 aiiain met with, runnintr N. 
 
 57' W., and generally nearly vertical. \i the most northerly point 
 on the bend in the river, it e.xpands into a little lake, one him 
 dred yards across, in the east side of which there is ;i rapid dm i 
 rock and lioulder-. To the nortii is a portage through woods t'li- 
 seventy-five yards. The rock is smootli and well glaciated in ,i din'i- 
 tionS. .'>n W. It is a similar reddish gneiss w«ll foliated in iidirectien 
 N. ")S \V. iilue clay is present all along over the lower parts of the 
 Keiirtl, r.i|iiil. rock. .Vt the last rapid, the fourth from the lake, the [>ortage is over 
 smootli rock of similar gneiss. From this smooth rock portage tho 
 river widens and runs between low wooded banks, covered \Nith lai'LTe 
 
 spruce and 
 
 ort distance above the bi'' bend the creek 
 
 iviijed, and is reported .is coming from .'in extensive tam.'iraclc swan 
 
 Ai 
 
 The ui)pei' reaches stil 
 
 sll 
 
 fh 
 
 idiM-lyi 
 
 rk to be a banded I'liei 
 
 .striking parallel to the lake shore, but cut by many pegmatite v 
 running in all directions. 
 
 ■eiii> 
 
I.ODN f'KKKK TO IIOI.K IIISKIl. 
 
 40 
 
 ijy wide veins 
 
 I'oj^ulivr faults, 
 
 Tilt' I'ock i 
 
 ko N. lo' ^v., 
 
 K., but Ull thr 
 
 louth. At ill'' 
 II the rocU, till' 
 lis tho iivi;r i- 
 
 llt iMII'l'l'llt. llll'l 
 
 ii i^riiy, iillu\iiil 
 r'lii'iss crops du! 
 iiMUul spnif'' I'l' 
 lit tho nijiid is a 
 ,lion N. •'>»' ^'^' . 
 t'oliivtt'd gnriss 
 
 ni'xt fiq'i'l '■•* '^ 
 (•li:ira>'tff- 'I'h'' 
 till. 11 north, aiul 
 north fiist ot' tin' 
 ,1 within !i mil''. 
 ,vilh, nirinin^' N- 
 nortlu'i-ly point 
 
 livko, «'«H' l>"i' 
 is a iiH>i(l osif 
 I'diiiih woods tnv 
 riiitiil ill a ilifi'i' 
 iitcd iiiiidii'eftion 
 lower parts ot tlir 
 ■ portiif^o is oviT 
 ,-,„k porta-^t' til'' 
 ivcrcd \\ ilh Itvi'^i' 
 licnd the creek is 
 taniaiiU'k ssviinip. 
 a hiuidcd f^iu'iss 
 pej^matilc vein- 
 
 Sliori' of l.nki^ ]Viintif»'tj Lium t'ofk ii> Wanni/ii^gDir m' lloli' Riv^r. 
 
 The aliun'-iirio t'loiii Loon Crtjt'k .south wiird is not ^o re>,'uliir iu out- (•iini'l 
 lino iiM toward the north. Tliis is I'liused no doubt by the fact that 
 the hand of sciiist and greenstone which oi'eu[)ies the channel south 
 from l>o;,' Head, is not so deeply ero(h'(i beyond this point. A ridj^e 
 of ;,'raniticgiiciss appears on Loon Island and aloiij,' the shore .south 
 fi'oiii Loon .Strait. On the eastern aide of this island and on the 
 western side of Loon llay the granite holds inclusions ot' the schists of 
 the aliove mentioned band. 
 
 of t,ho isliuid and aloiii,' the shore for some 
 roi'ks are the oidy ones seen, but on xime 
 
 < )ii the western sid" 
 dist line I li(' Lfiie'.vsie 
 small rofky isla;ids near the shore, east from i'xM'ry Island, inclusions 
 of mica schist are again loiiced. Thesf! are prolmbly frau;inents fnjm 
 lliironian rocks which outcrop on the islanils of the Piiictone Island 
 :;roiip ;iMd also on those fart hei' south. 
 
 'I'he line of this outcrop follows and ji^radually approaches the nuiin- 
 laiid and east of Pipestone Lsliind, passes between tiie outlyinj; islands 
 .and the shore. p'roni Black Island to Hole I'.ay tiie mainland is of 
 'jjiieiss hut Mpparent iy all the ouilyin;,' islands are of Ihironian r<ick. 
 
 'I'he mouth of Loon Cu'ek is tilled with wild rice and blocked by a ' ■^' 
 
 number of rocky shoals. 'The bottom of Loon l>ay, west of lh(> river, 
 
 is low with a clay beach. The west side of the bay consists of low 
 
 rounded rocks, t )n a jioii;! across from the riser the rock was found 
 
 to be a well foliated liu'ht '^reenish-Ltiay i^iieiss or amphibolite schist 
 
 with a strike N. lo NN'.. and dip S. Ill \V. . 70. In places the 
 
 foliation is undulatinu', or affected by small aluupt twists. Uuniiini,' 
 
 more or less with the strike an' many liaiub of red itranite and 
 
 beside them ai'e often little strin^js and |iockets of epidote, Innnedi- 
 
 atcly iiack of the point it is found that the schist is followed liy a 
 
 massiv(> i,'reenish-i;ray uranitile, with the crystals somewhat drawn out 
 
 in a direction N. .'iO W. It is cut by a few little strings of j^ranite. 
 
 Northward tlie schists are found to touch a^ain on the point and also 
 
 on the island beyond. The schist seen near the north east end of the 
 
 point is similai' to that described above, but is there strikini,' N, 03" W., 
 
 and the point is cut across l)y a vein of red uraiute ei;,'ht feet wide. 
 
 .Many little faults cut the schi.^-t in lUl direct it)ns, and alonu the lines 
 
 of the f.iults are strings of lii,dit-ni'een epidote. .Many strings and I'ludiifonii- 
 
 lenticules of (piarl/ are found between the beds. A short distance "' "'"'"'■ 
 
 farther vest, in the bottom of a little bay. the schist find the t,'.iiy 
 
 '.granite are clearly seen in unconfornuible contact. The schi^ dips 
 
no 
 
 I.AKK WINNIPEG. 
 
 sflllsts 
 
 I uf 
 
 uiulei' the granite, hut tlie granite cuts it (juite irregularly, cutting 
 across the scliist lirst at an angle of 10' to the foliation and then 
 sending ofi" a vc-in three feet wide into the schist at a much widiu- 
 angle. Close to the line of junction the granite also includes many 
 irreguiai', generally elongated, fragments of the schist. Small pockets 
 of tourmaline crystals were observed in the si'liists not fai' from the 
 contact. 
 
 Approaching Loon Strait, a small island, lying a (piarter of a milr 
 south east, is found to he of similar green schist, cut l>v • >Mns of red 
 |)egniatite running with the strike of tiie beds. 
 
 On Loon Island the contact between the schists and gneiss is found 
 to occur on two points on the east side. .At the most northerly of the 
 two (he contact is clearly seen, and is much l.i-nken, I Ik; gneiss .sending 
 out lonu Jirms into the schist at a sniall angle to tiic general direction 
 of the line of contact. 
 
 At the midd!(> point of the south side of the island, are several 
 inclusions ot' hardened scliisi in tiie gnei-s. The largest one runs out 
 at both enfls into the water, and one hundred feel of it is seen. Its 
 width is twenty feet, and ten feet of gneiss is seen beyond it. ( )ii the 
 east side a long arm of the gneiss runs into it. The border' of the 
 gneiss is line graineil, for about si>: inches from the schist. The I'dge 
 of the gneiss is practically vertical, i)ut the schist dips south-west at 
 .■in angle of from (i(t to ~0 , In pl;ices the foliation of the schists is 
 twi-te(i. In one especially, it bends rouinl the edge of the gneiss, but 
 gciiciidly it is cut oil' irregularly. 
 
 The west side of the islaml consists of low rock, rising from one to 
 four I'cet above tin; water. It is a daik reddish gray, massive granite 
 gneiss, cut by a tVw \eins of coarse r<d granite. it also contiiins, 
 as noted above, many large ami small angular inclusions of dark 
 gray, laminated gneiss and schist. Small rocks in the bay to the 
 south, are found to lie generally missive gnciiss, with the excejition 
 of one mar the stiait, which is of schist, probably om^ of the larg(> 
 inclusions noted above. The bay to the south is a lotig narrow inlet 
 flanked on both sides with rock. That on the e.ist side is generally 
 low and slopes gridually into the water, while on the west it i"" 
 more abrupt. The former contains ii:clusi(ms of dark mica-schist^ 
 and is cut by veins of ijuartz and tourmaline. The latter is \ery 
 uniform. All the gneiss is precisely similar to that on Loon iHland, 
 and has a gener.al strike \. o.S' VV. The bay terminate < to the 
 south in an e.\tensi\e marsh. It is f)Ossible. thiit there may be 
 
 lie 111 
 
LOON CREEK TO HOLE RIVER. 
 
 51 O 
 
 irly, cutting 
 in and then 
 much wichn- 
 :iudea many 
 mall pocki'ts 
 far from the 
 
 ter of a milf 
 viiins of red 
 
 neiss is found 
 rtherly of the 
 gneiss sendin;; 
 icrid direelioii 
 
 1. are several 
 I one iiiiis out 
 it, is seen. If^ 
 11(1 it. *hi ihr 
 . liunlei- of tlic 
 list. 'Hie i'diH' 
 south-west at 
 ,f tlic sehists i- 
 tl\e L^neiss, l)\it 
 
 n;,' from one to 
 iassiv(> ^'raiute- 
 vlso I'ontaiii'-. 
 usions ot' dark 
 the bay to I lie 
 the except ioii 
 one of tlie lar!.;e 
 iii^ narrow inlet 
 ide is jjeni'rally 
 
 the west it i'" 
 iuk mica-schist, 
 10 latter is very 
 in lioon iHland, 
 
 minate^ to the 
 , there may lie 
 
 111(1. 
 
 water communication from this long Ijay out to the west, aa the shore 
 there is low and marshy. The points alone are I'ocky, with little rocky 
 islands lying olF thf^iii. A similar gneiss is found farther south along 
 the mainhmd. Tiie tir.-<t exposure on the extreme western point is of 
 a well-fohated gneiss, with alternating hands of gn(nss and mica-schist. 
 Tlie foliation is generally much contorted, with a general strike of 
 about S. 7S W. 
 
 .\ long low strip of sliore is next passed in which the ])oints and out- Soutli from 
 lying shoals are composed of a reddish-gray granite-gneiss often broken 
 by masses of red granite. The contortion in the beds appears to hav(> 
 affected the general strike of the rocks for a short distance. The end 
 of the point terminating this fairly straight piece of shore-line .shows a 
 light green gray gneiss, thi'ough which run bands of dark-gray mica- 
 schist. The gneiss is very irregularly folded and ci'umpled, but the 
 general strike appears to be about S. 7S W. and the dip S. 12" E. at 
 an angle of from .'it* to IS . Th(> gneiss is moderately tine-grained and 
 like that ,it the last exposure contains ,i considerabli; amount of })lagio- 
 clase, ]ii'ol)ably also with some orthoclase. Included in the bands of 
 gneiss are some bands or lenses of hornblende-biotite-gneiss nmch 
 like the gneiss farther south. On sevei'al points south of the snia" 
 indents in the shore-line lying about north-east from i>erry Island, Imhv Isi.'i 
 the gnei.ss is found to be still much conloi'tcd, but the general strike 
 is nearly parallel to the sh'ii'e. Small \eins of mica-schist cut aci'oss 
 the foliation with occasional \t>insof red gi'anite. 
 
 .■V low string of islands lying very near the shore and situated |.;,.^^, ,,| 
 directly east from HiM'ry Island, .'ire composed of co.iise biotitegneiss '-^hnnl. 
 showing very liltU; foliation, but with several inclusions of dai'k com 
 pact mica-schist lying about N. -jS W, Some of these are lenticuhu' 
 with long tapering ends, and others are drawn out into beaded strings 
 \'eins of dark-rerl granite also run in the sami> direction. These vein- 
 were especially obsorxcd on an island at the southern end of tile group, 
 .•separated fi'om the string of islands noted above and nearer the shore 
 to the south, a small island is found to be composed of a gi'(>enish-grav 
 ([uartz-diorite, ijuite massive, showing no sign of stratification or uimul nf 
 foliation. This is very much checkered by little cracks along which I'un M'i"i''zilii>iitt' 
 strings of black hornblende or tourmalie:- with which are often lenses 
 of (piartz. It also occasionally contains large and small inclusions of 
 pyrites. Tliis island is about fifty yaids from the shore, and the point 
 opposite is composed of a dark-gray (piartz-mica-diorite, showing a 
 crystalline foliation in a direction N. 80' W. Into this gneiss, from 
 (he direction of the island, a mass or tongue, twelve feet wide, of fine- 
 
 4i 
 
 IT 
 
lT%f///'^ 
 
 52 o 
 
 LAKE WINNIPEG. 
 
 Kiist (if l'i|ii' :»rain('daiiiphiboiite extends. The points south, to abreast of Pipestone 
 [slatid show exiwsurrs of hornblcndic gneiss, cut in many places hv 
 tine veii\s of granite. At one point, a band of massive, dark liorii- 
 blem'' vock, abuts against the gneiss and strings of gneiss run oui 
 throuj^i. It in many places, while many pieces of the aniphiliolite arc 
 included in the gneiss, often having the appear.ince of a true con 
 glomei-ate The small islands oil' this part of the shore show d;irl< 
 hornblendie rock, and the junction as seen above on the noint, is im 
 
 J 
 doubt that of an eruptive contact. 
 
 The group ni' islands extending along the shore, south from Pip 
 
 stone Island are generally ot tli 
 
 e green sr 
 
 hists and altered eruptive 
 
 S (,t 
 
 the Iluronian, liut ne.ir the shdre-liiie and on the mainland, the rock- 
 is a purphyritic gnei>s. The contact line is iii)parently not si en, bein:; 
 
 no doubt underwater. 
 
 Moul 
 
 h Ml' 
 
 lin.i. 
 
 Th(^ 1 
 
 )av into wli:i'h Pice It 
 
 enters, is detna 
 
 (led 
 
 icross rid 
 
 thi 
 
 the s 
 
 leaving many islands as interrupted ridges running wj 
 
 trik( 
 1 
 
 Ti 
 
 le iinmedi 
 
 ate bi 
 
 which the stream falls, is a Icii 
 
 narrow l)ay with t wo ent ranees, nearly closed hy a long islani 
 
 llyi 
 
 front. The shore is here steep, 'ising to thirty fiet above; the watt 
 
 It 
 
 is composed ot a crusliei 
 
 1 granite, similar to tiiat farther north alon 
 
 the mainland. Some of it is ma-sive, while iniich is schistose. Tin 
 strike of the rock here is N. 'V,\ \\'., the dip S.W. at an angle of iWl 
 
 ,\. (lUiUter 
 foliation, 
 ■al 
 
 .1 
 
 lile to the east it i 
 
 s nner graiiK 
 
 iiid has a distiiici 
 
 The SI -ike is \. L>;i \V 
 
 and 
 
 -laiK 
 
 vertical 
 
 It 
 
 contain 
 
 several bands ot line grained reddish granite aloiiL; tiie lines ot 
 
 (Id 
 
 in. 
 
 abo interbedded with the lighter schist, are some thin liaiids, of dail 
 gfi'en schist, with one lenticular band, luiving much the character ot' 
 coarse ai's'luinerate or bivcci 
 
 til 
 
 ( )n the south 
 tl 
 
 of tl 
 
 le arm or iiav 
 
 li rock IS generally the same a- on the west side, but it also varic 
 d dark and light schist is found in moderately iliin bands. 
 
 Hice l!iv 
 
 ( hi Uice l!i\ci' tlit; section is across the strike, and gives a siu 
 cession of dark ]K)rpliyritie gneisses and some eruptives, followcil 
 farther' inland by lighter eohuired granites and gneisses, 'i'he livn 
 m irregular course, owing to the ridges of rock running across 
 
 folic 
 
 it- general direction oi How. Near its mouth, at tlie lirsl 
 
 bed 
 
 s are a gray gneiss, f( 
 
 rapid, ti 
 by fine grain»'d dark beds, and 
 
 a I 
 
 the head of the raiiid an eruptive dark-green porphyry, in which larg'' 
 crystals of felspar are abundant. Half a mile across the strike tin 
 
 dfi 
 
 next exposure is of a gray granite-gneiss, with irregular or v( 
 indistinct foliaticm. The next exposure is about three (luarters of 
 
 mile across the strilce, and 
 
 d 
 
 ''iieiss even 
 
 ly banded, whi( li 
 
LOON CHEEK TO HOLE RIVER. 
 
 53 G 
 
 it of Pipestone 
 any places Viy 
 vo, dark horn- 
 gneiss run oui 
 ini>hiliolitc arc 
 of a true con 
 ore slu)\v dark 
 he point, is no 
 
 luth from Pipi- 
 
 i(hI oruptives oi 
 
 nhmd, the rock 
 
 xwX. s'cn, licinj 
 
 1 iicfo'^s rid;:'!'- "1 
 ,-- riinniim witli 
 111 falls, is a Ion- 
 xft island lyin<.' m 
 alioNO the water, 
 rtlicr north alon- 
 is schistose. The 
 ,t an ansilo t)f i''<> 
 i,d has a distiiici 
 ical. It contain- 
 lines of hcdiiiiij 
 II hands, of <lark 
 thi' character of n 
 A the arm or hay. 
 lut it alsi) varie-, 
 hands. 
 
 ami gives a sue 
 ruptives, foUowed 
 „,isses. The rivei 
 |(kK running aeio-- 
 tirst rapid. (h> 
 .lark iH'ds, and a! 
 yry, in whicli hui."' 
 ross the strike t'.p' 
 irregular or very 
 three (piarters ot i 
 ,ly \)anded, whicli 
 
 again cuts across the river farther up. The gap in the section hetween 
 this red gneiss and that at the first rapid, is probably occupied by 
 altered eruptives, which probably aie stringers of the dark band o;' 
 lock, which forms the trough occupied by Loon Bay to the north. 
 Tlio dark gneisses and schists of Loon Hay are last seen striking south- 
 ward, and the erruptive contact with the granite of Loon Strait woul<l 
 suggest that parts of the same band might be found to the southward 
 of this granite. On Rice Lake the exposures are of a reddish-gray 1! 
 gneiss, followed to the east by gray granitite-gneiss, more massive, but 
 with a slight f(jliation. The river averages about fifty feet in width. 
 but is in many places obstructed by boulders, and in others very shallow 
 and full of rice. The country is mostly rocky, with alluvial patches 
 here and there. Rice Lake is very irregular in shape, and generally 
 siiallow, many of the arms being covered by a thick growth of rice. 
 The shores are in places low and wooded. Above the lake the stream 
 is sluggish for a couple of miles and the bank.s low and marshy, the 
 country rising verv gently. Knobs of gneiss bearing Banksian pirn' 
 rise on every side, with intervening areas of muskeg cox ered with grass, 
 iiushes and suiall tamarack. The rock is a similar granitite-gneiss. 
 foliateil N. 1>* W., with the suif.u'e showing gla(Mal striie bearing S. 
 (iO W. In the upper stretches the liver narrows coiisideral)ly, and 
 falls in several small rapids. The strike of tiie gneiss swings around 
 to the north-east, the last observed being N. •")•") K., and the dip 8. 
 .'i."i \<]. at a high angle. 
 
 The sliore, to opposite lilack jsl.ind, is coinjiosed of similar gneiss ( 
 ridges, generally high, dipping steeply into the water, cut by deep hays 
 runnir.g in transvcMse to tlw shore, and apprn.ximately jwirallel to the 
 direction of striatioii. It is woodetl with aspen and a few >.|iruce and 
 scrub pine. 
 
 The islandu between Hlaek Island and the mainland to the east are | 
 all of Huroiiian sciiist ami greenstones, and the prol)abl(> line ot con- ^ 
 tact between the gneisses and granilites of the east, shore and the 
 Huroiiia 1 rocks of the islands, follows very <dosely along parallel to 
 that sh< :i'. The gneisses strike about parallel to the shore line, and 
 jiracticidly the same beds are followed soutii to the end of the bav 
 near the mouth of Hole Rivei'. Oti a point almost ojiposite tlu^ north 
 end of Ulaek Island, the rock is a well-foliated gneiss, striking N. 2'2 
 W"., and dijiping S, 08 W. < fi;")'. fn one place it is cut by a thin band 
 of granite. On the south-west it is interhanded with green porpln'ritie 
 gneiss and on the north-east it lies against green, foliated, porphyritic 
 ^'iieiss. in many plac- the contact ajipears to be conformable, but in 
 
 l.l\kr 
 
 )|ili(i.< 
 !l.icl< 
 
 Ite 
 Islaiiil. 
 
 ■.a.-t s 
 
 nlltll 
 
 slaiiil 
 
 lion- 
 
n|y> 
 
 u'te/ 
 
 ~)4 G 
 
 LAKE WlNNIPK(i. 
 
 I'urpliyry. 
 
 C(mt;ut wit I 
 HuKiiiiun. 
 
 Others it is lut or gradually replaced by the green porphyry. This 
 porphyry is seen iigain farther south, about opposite the east end of 
 Black Island. It is a niueh altered and squeezed rock composed of 
 Huartz, felspar, biotite, chloriU^ and magnetite. The t|uarti! is granii 
 lated and the felspar occurs in rather large individuals and very mudi 
 kaolinized. The biotite is in minute scales largely altered to chlorite 
 and scattered through the section. Calcilo and epidotc also occur. 
 Altogether the rock has the appearance of a much crushed and altered 
 granitic materia! and being very near the contact with the schists n\ 
 the fluronian, it seems impossible to deU-nnine whetlier this may n(it 
 be a much altered lower member of that series. At the south-east 
 corner of the bay. Just eastof Jlole iJivcr, the contact of the gneisses 
 with the dark green schists is very shai|ily dctined. The schist has the 
 a]){)earance of a boulder congloTiicrati-, the boultleis lying in the line <i\ 
 strike with the schist drawn aroutod them in thin bands. A great 
 number of white veins of i|uartz are scattered throui^h the s(;hist in an 
 irregular manner. Krom this contact the 11 uroiiian ro"ks are found 
 skirtinir the sliore to Clement Point. 
 
 /'ijifnloiif Ik/(iii'/ liriiiiji, 
 
 I'ipotoiii 
 Island Ki" 
 
 I'ipi'slnlK 
 
 l-land. 
 
 'i'he group consists of one island with a f(!w trees growing on it, ainl 
 a cluster of bate rcirks extending in irregular order io the mainland to 
 the southeast. The outermost rock lies about a mile north-west ward 
 from Pipestone Island in line with Berry Island. It is narrow, bate 
 and about fifteen feet high, comjio.sed (entirely of a massive dark-green, 
 partly decomposed, eruptive. In one place it is crossed by a little band 
 of green schist and dolomite, (ireen porpiiyritic gneiss is seen on the 
 ne.xt island to tlu! south. It is cut by iiuis.ces of dark green trap, 
 piobably dykes from a large mass to the southwest, 
 
 Pipestone Island is small atn; partly wooded, .\t the north west end 
 are .abrupt clifls fifteen feel high, while at the south-east end tlir 
 shore slopes to near w.iter level. The middle of thi; island is about 
 twenty-live ftH;t high. The north-west side is composed of bluish, 
 moderately thin-bedded serpt^ntine, through which run a numb<i- 
 Oi" veins uf librous .serpentine uii.xed with magnetic iron-oxide. 
 Some of the veins are almost (uitirely irietallic. The etist side is 
 composed of a light grayish-green serpentine, .some uf wiiicli is cal 
 careous ; that which appears to compose the greater ^.art of the islaml 
 i.4 much mottled with red. Through it tire some veins of ealcite and 
 dolomite, or btirite. 
 
•] 
 
 HUUONIAN ROCKS. 
 
 00 G 
 
 phyry. This 
 ) east end of 
 
 composed of 
 artz is gnuui 
 nil very nuuli 
 •ed to chloritt' 
 it(,' also occur. 
 ,cd and altercil 
 
 the schists i>i 
 L-r this may not 
 
 the soutli-i'iist 
 
 of till' i^iv'isM > 
 le schist has tlu 
 ,(r in the liiu' "i 
 .an.ls. A Siv;^ 
 
 the schist ill m. 
 
 ro-ks are foum! 
 
 jrowiii^ on il, an.l 
 the iiiaiidaiul to 
 north- wcsi\v:ua 
 is narrow, hai.' 
 .sivc dark fireen. 
 ,n)y a little han.l 
 ss is seen on tli'' 
 dark !.;ieeii trap. 
 
 the north west ciul 
 ,v„heast eml tlu' 
 
 thi' ishuid is aboi'i 
 „po..ed of hlui^li- 
 h nm a nuiiih'i- 
 i^netic iron-o.Kidc. 
 riic east side is 
 of which IS cal 
 ■ ^,art of the islaiul 
 veitis of ealcite aivl 
 
 On a small island to the nortii i.s a light-green, porphyritic gneiss Dy 
 dipjiing vertically and striking towards the north end of Herry Island. 
 On the east side a narrow dyke three feet wide runs first with the 
 strike of the gneiss, and then curves gently round to the north, 
 crossing the strike and widening somewhat in places. In this cro.ss 
 portion many little strings run out from it into the gneiss, and in one 
 place an eloi.gated fragment was clearly seen in the dyke. The rock 
 especially in the straight portion is quite .schistose. From *lie north 
 side of this islap.i the dyke appears to cross to another islanu. 
 
 Half a mile south-east of Pipestone Island a small island one hundred 
 yarils long, consists of light-green porpdiyritic schist dipping vertically 
 and striking north-east. It is cut by a vein of fine granite fou"' feet wide 
 running parallel to the strike. This island appears to he to the east of 
 the line of contact between the gneisHes and the green eruptives of the 
 lluronian belt, but the next island south, an isolated rock about two 
 miles south from I'ijiestone Island is composed of rotten, green rocki 
 very irregularly jointed and fissured, which is prol>ably lluronian. It 
 is generally i[ni'^a massive^ iiut on the south-west side it shows in .some 
 places a schistosity striking towaiils lierry Island. The rock, "specially 
 on this latter side, is altered to serpentine and along many of the 
 tissuie lines, o.\i(le of iron has been separated out. The islands to the 
 I'ast of this aie all of porphyritic gnei.ss similar to that of the mainland. 
 
 ki'S on 
 nil Isliiiids, 
 
 /n/(tiii/s 
 
 tlir I'uiik Island ('haniiel. 
 
 'The islands along the east side are mainly of the fine schistose \A:\.m 
 gneiss, liglit-gr'eeiiish in colour, striking along the shore. They are "" ' 
 very numerous and rise out of moderately deep water and are gener- 
 ally wooded with po])lar or Uanksiari pine. liehind, the sliore 
 is broken by inlets and mai'shes and the scenery in this vicinity 
 is very ()icturesque. Toward Punk Island numerous small rocks 
 appear l)ut little elevated above the water and nearly all are of the 
 darkgrecn eruptive similar to that on the islands iminedia.ttdy nortli near 
 Pipe-ilone Island. The outermost ones are distributed nearly along the 
 centre of the channel. The southei'n one is of green chloril(!-schist, 
 and the oik! ne.\t to it to the nortli is composed at its eastern eiul of a 
 compai'atively coarse, light-green diabase inwhich many porphyritic crys- 
 tals are clearly seen. This is stiiking west, and dipping south at an angle 
 of SO . It is evenly but not very distinctly be lde<l, and about seventy 
 feet of beds is e.xjio.sed. South of this, is .,ic hundred T.^ -t of siniiln r rock, 
 but liiu'r-grained, imt by thin anastamosing bands vif clilorite-schist into 
 oval masses tliree to six feet in length. This character is very strongly 
 
 sc;l.st of 
 
 Island. 
 
 : 
 
50 
 
 LAKT, WINNIFEO. 
 
 IhLukU mar 
 Ptiiik Isliind. 
 
 iiiirlli I 
 shop- I 
 
 lit 
 ast 
 
 marked and many irreguliir masses and ramifyinii veins of quartz are 
 also present. South of this aarain thin bedded chl<>ntic sciiists occupy the 
 point of the island. .Massive light-green diabase with a slight ten- 
 dency to schistosity is shown on the next pair ot islands to the north, 
 the rock still striking westward. The most northerly f)f this lot, in 
 the centre ot the channel, is opposite the .south corner of the east end 
 of Punk Island and is of light-i;reen, gray-weathering, rather coarse 
 grained ruck, apparently almost massive but occasionally showing a 
 slight foliation N. t)0 W. 
 
 iieferring to the islands nearer Funk Island, a siniilai* string runs 
 southeastward from near the south-east corner. On I he first or northern 
 most group is .seen amphiboiite which weathers into a soft light-brown 
 mottled schist. In places it shows very perfectly the ovoid structure 
 rcmaiked on one of the islands in thy channel to the eastward. 
 Coarsely granular, green schist crosses the next small island striking 
 about N. 70 W., and dipping at a high angle south. 
 
 The rocks on the next three islands lying acni^s the strike are al! 
 fine- and ooarsegiaineil dioi'itc, in sonic places showing ,i slight 
 schistosity. Two islands lying fai'tli(!r to the south are both of dark - 
 green, coarsely crystalline amphiboiite. 
 
 lihtek Islanil — mirtli s/ior' hihI (ntlli/i in/ tslnndt. 
 
 The western part of the island .s overlain by sandstones and liiiir- 
 stones elsewhere described as of Ulack Hivei'. and Trenton age, but 
 along the shores of the eartern part, both north and .south, dark gr'ii'n 
 schists and greenstones of Huroriiaii age outi rop along the beach. 
 The exposures (111 the north side aic fouiid to extend westward for 
 about three niiies and are mainly of dark-gi'een eruptive rock. Hand-, 
 of schists and slates probably of sedimentary formation, occur at the 
 extreme eastern end and also on the point on tiie north shore of the 
 island south of the largest outlier, but there is a greater variety of these 
 rocks exposed on some of the islands just to the north. The rock at the 
 extreme iu»rtlieastern corner, is a soft, silvery-white, sericitic mica- 
 schist. 'J'his is folK)wed at a short distance by a soft chloritic schist 
 striking N. 10 \\'., dipjiing S. SO' W. <: 7')'. In il some heavy veins 
 of white (|uartz are incluiled and with this arc some streaks appai'ently 
 of hicmatite. 
 
 For three hundred paces west along the shore, similar schist is seen, 
 much of it glistening white on the surface. Scattered over it are 
 many fragments of quart/. A short distance is then found covered 
 
 with 
 
 bosse.s 
 
 ulthoi; 
 
 chlorii 
 
 ritica] 
 
 same r 
 
 ■schist.'* 
 
 lying j 
 
 north-' 
 
 a tougl 
 
 (lippini 
 
 nortli-i 
 
 part, i.s 
 
 to the 
 
 (!:irk-gr 
 
 iiiins a 
 
 iiiiinbci 
 
 ct' then 
 
 • 'n one 
 
 clastic 
 
 ^iaceed( 
 
 ('riipti\( 
 
 tillllOllS 
 
 Mand. 
 
 i''n)iii 
 crops .•ii'( 
 striking 
 ■ ippareiit 
 tance in 
 structun 
 feet in ],. 
 tlicm tog 
 liands tin 
 
 ' »f the 
 
 as ihe gr< 
 ■ippear ti 
 'ire s(|uei 
 scvci'al sii 
 'lie jieiiin: 
 tVoiii sout 
 iiig order 
 
IIURONIAN ROCKH. 
 
 57 <i 
 
 i qimrt/ arc- 
 ,s occupy the 
 L slight tpu- 
 () t\w. north, 
 i this lot, in 
 the east end 
 iithor coarse 
 ly showing i\ 
 
 i» string runs 
 tornorthcrn 
 t lif^ht brown 
 ,'oi(l structure 
 the castwarii. 
 sland strikint; 
 
 ! strike are iil! 
 
 villi,' ,1 slii^lU 
 
 both of (liirk- 
 
 mcs and liim'- 
 oiiton aj,'e, but 
 th. iliirk-^'p't'ii 
 ,v_' till' bi'acli. 
 1 wr-twiiril tor 
 i-ork. I'.aiids 
 t. uc.ui at tl>e 
 h shore (if tlie 
 iiriety of these 
 The rock at the 
 sericitic iiiica- 
 •hloritic schist 
 inie heavy veins 
 |;iks iippai'eiitly 
 
 schist is seen, 
 
 [•ed over it are 
 
 found covered 
 
 with sand, and the next exposure apj)ears in rounded Ldaciated 
 bosses of a more crystalline character, aj)parently an altered eruptive, 
 nltlu>ngh portions show a diabasic structure. The rock is mairdy of 
 clilorite, and extends to iht\ first point where it shows a more porpliy- 
 litic appearance. The ialands opposite this bay show practically the 
 same rocks, which vary from chloritic and sericitic schists to hornblende- 
 sihists, but farther westward darker schists are seen on the points 
 lyinii just to the east of the small peninsula wliieh here projects to the 
 north-westward. On the eastern part of this peninsula tlie rocks are Sniiill inn 
 a lough blue felsite with a slaty cleavaLfe striking N. 35 W., and '"^' 
 (lipjiing at a high angl(> s(juth-westward. Tiie shore along the outer oi- 
 imrth-eastern part is generally high and about half of it, the eastern 
 part, is composed of the felsite just mentioned, while the western part 
 In the extreme end of the point, is occupied by an essentially massive 
 dark-green or blue coarse-grained rock. On the north- western end it con- 
 iiins a nuiid)er of angular fragments of the light-blue slate. A larg(' 
 iiiunber of islands lie to the north-east of this point, and on many 
 iif them, green schists are found sti'iking in a westerly direction, 
 I'll one of th" large outer ones thirty feet higli, green, epidotic. 
 riastic schists are seen and on the neijihbourin'' islands this is 
 ^mceeded botli on the north and south by massive coarse-grained 
 riu|itive bands, The schists of the inner islands are probal)ly con. 
 timioiis with I, hose that are noted toward the eastern end of IJlack 
 Maud. 
 
 l''i'om the end of the [leninsula, westw.ird fur nearly a mile, the out- 
 crops are of the c.%:.rse, dark eruptive, but a band of gi'een agglomerate 
 -Hiking S 7<t W,, appears on the outer part of the point. Tt i-< 
 a|i|iareiitly oidy a few yiirds in thickness, and is folluwcd a sliort dis 
 taiicc in tlie bay to th(> wcnI by a green I'ock showing a peculiar 
 -tiucture. It is composed of oval masses from three inches to two 
 (ret in length of similur green rock, and around these and cementing 
 tiiem together run thin bands of greon schist. At the angles in these 
 hands there is often developed a little mass t.f ha'matite. 
 
 • If till- outlying islands it is a little difficult to jilace the descriptions, islaml-- nnitli 
 a> the group is irregular, lait the larger ones .and many of the rocks I'^i^^j '" 
 appear tu be made up of massive greenstones ai;d schists which 
 ;irc s(|U»'ezed enipt.iv,js. The most interesting ex[iosures are on 
 -cveral small islands 1 i the centi'e of the channel, lietween the end of 
 tlic peninsula and the largest island to the north- west. The section 
 triim south to north across the strike sliows the beds in the follow- 
 iiii; order : — 
 
-}S 
 
 l,AKE WINMPKG. 
 
 At the south end of a mnall islmul, i;nM'ii inottk'd rock of a iiiassi\i' 
 typo f{ivt>s pla<'o to tliin-liodiled lif,'ht-l)hic slato. This is i!il(^rlMMl(lc(l 
 wilh a gri'on au;i,'loni('rate in whii'ii tiic pohhlcs arc! at first ft'w ami 
 small. They, howevci', soon oi'conio lai'i^'cf and morn numei'ous, anil 
 the rock assumes a slaty charactef or rather is cut hy a slaty cleir ai^c 
 striking S. 80 \V., while the strike of the rock itself is due west. 
 Karlhei- north the agglomerate is nearly massive, and tinally, nt thi' 
 end of the island conlains pehMes three to li\e inches in diaiiietir 
 Two small rocky islands farther on are of massi\e green rock aiiil 
 across a small gap the section is continued on another island. Thi-^ i^ 
 composed of agglomerate-sclii>t on the south side, I'unning into a linn 
 Uedded chloriteschist, while on the nt)rth side it is somewhat lianli'i'. 
 and strikes we>i, standing vertical. This latter rock shows n slaty 
 cleavage difiering indirection from the strike. 
 
 l'<i'niK:iiii)\i> The ii'inainder of the north shore of lUack Island shows exposnic- 
 
 r.hnk Maud, mainly of dritt-deposits and the soft samlstoncs at the base ot the Irm 
 tun. hut aliout miilway along the shore a sandy till is found hardened 
 liy iron-o.\i(ie, and the shore is completely covered by dark-red slaK- 
 for four hundred yards along the beach. This ore is, no doubt, deri\i(l 
 trom the pi'esence of iron oxides in the underlying roi'ks, which l:avi" 
 heen absorbed by the sandy bed lying immediately above, as a sdinc- 
 wliat similar though less intense staining was observed on the sandy 
 beds of the east end of Punk Island. 
 
 B/nrk I.ilinal — soiuh sliori 
 
 DriMiniilii^' 
 
 I'llillt >iMltl 
 
 uai'il. 
 
 -lalnU til 
 ■a-l. 
 
 Drunnning Point is an old Indian c.imping f)lac(^ and burial gmnn I. 
 The rock exposed at the shore is a well-bedded, wavy, green ami 
 reddish schist striking N. 'I'y W., and dippini: st)Uth at a high angle. 
 This is overlain by light-brown sand, which rises in an easy, grassy ^Iii|ii' 
 to a heightof forty foot above the lake. The to]) is wooded with --ml! 
 I'atiksian pine. The shoie runs to the south for a mile, an<I along it 
 green schists are seen of the same wavy character, sometimes sonii' 
 what massive. Ijehind the point a deep bay runs to the north, fr.uii 
 the end of which a road has been cut back into the bush. I'Villowin:.' 
 this for a short distance it ascentis to a height of lifty feet above the 
 lake, to the top of a sand ridge, probably a beach dune. Jjeyond tlii> 
 the country falls a little to a forest of spruce and pine. Near the sIkhv 
 some larch is growing, with spiuce, balsam and poplar. 
 
 The islands in the channel between this part ol HIack Island and ilu> 
 mainland show the same green wavy schist as at Drumming Point, 
 
IIURONIAN HOCKS. 
 
 59 G 
 
 v(,vk of a massive 
 L'hia is interl«'iliii'(l 
 ro at first. tVw mihI 
 oro iiuinei'oiis, and 
 )V ;i slaty clea-iiiic 
 itself is due wcsi. 
 and tlnally, at llir 
 iiu-lies in dianu'ier. 
 ke j;ri'on nn'k hikI 
 iicr island. Tlii-^ is 
 unnint; into a liiin 
 s somewhat luinlii, 
 vwk shows a sliily 
 
 id shows exposmi-- 
 ;ho base of thi' Tivii 
 1 is found hiii'dcMiicl 
 I'd by daik-rcd sl:ili> 
 is, no doubt, derived 
 If ro''k-<, wliiuh l::i\(' 
 •ly aiiovc, as a sdiiu' 
 ervt'd on the sandy 
 
 and l)uriai ui^und. 
 I, wavy, fjroen and 
 ilii at a lii.u'li ani;'!!'. 
 an easy, grassy ^-loin- 
 is wooded with sin'.ll 
 II mile, and aloni; it 
 or, sometimes .-dim' 
 
 to the north, fr.'iii 
 le l.ush. Kollowiii;.' 
 
 lifty feet al)OVi' the 
 dune. Deyond tlii> 
 in(>. Near the shniv 
 
 plai'. 
 
 Shick Island and iho 
 at Drumming Point, 
 
 l)Ut veins of (juartz are noted on many of them. 'I'hosH nearer Ulack 
 Island, (ind near the mouth of the deep bay noted above, show green, 
 L'hloritio schist ruiwiing generally north-west, but on the i.sland at the 
 mouth of the bay this schist merges into a massive, green, granular 
 trap on the wes' side of the island. 
 
 'J'he shore, from this deep bay south-west to the largi> island lying Kast .inl ui' 
 close alongside Black Island is (juite irregulai-, and several small islands 
 lieotl'itina north arid-south line from the deep bay. These ar(! of 
 light-green schist, and on the most southerly one is seen dark-gicon 
 trap, in places distinctly foliated and striking N. "28 W., dipping 
 S. W. < (i.j . The foliated bands contain bands of ferruginous schist 
 and a considerable amount of xcin (piartz. The rock is well striated 
 and ovHrlain by a while till with boulders. The north point of the 
 large island shows a <;ioen, well-bedded schist, striking N. 2") \\'. It 
 includes small lenlicules of (juartz and liMiticular IxhIs of dolomite. 
 
 Along the irr-egirlar shore op|iosiie t!ie-e islands, gr'cen schists and Ailj.in'nt 
 niasaive tr'aps are e.xpo-ed. The l)each of the souther'ii part is generally 
 sandy, but along the northern, numerous bouldei's are piled on the 
 slioi-e, having fallen from the banks of soft blue clay behind. From 
 the bottom of the bay, about midway along the sandy strip, a 
 gooil foot-path is found, running back into the islantl to a favourite 
 lilueberi'y patch, to which the Indians resort during the beir'y season. 
 lM)llowirig this path north-westward for' nearly a (piai'ter of a mile, the 
 gi'ound rs foirrid Vi he all sand, and to rise gr-adually to a ludglrt of 
 irinr-ty feel above the lake. No boulders are seen, and the land is 
 evidently iirrmeiiatcly underlain by Paheox.oic sandstone. A belt of 
 spriict! runs alonj,' the lake, gi'owing on the alluvial clay, and the sand 
 above is wooded with small spruce and pine. A terrace I'uns along at 'I'c irac, t. Tty- 
 forty live feet above the lake, which has every appear'ancc of being an |,,i^,. ' 
 old .sIror'P line. Above this, jiirie is gi'owing, and below it, spruce and 
 pophii'. 
 
 The large island to the south appears to have few exposur'es of the 
 underlying r'oek along its western side. On the north point, as men- 
 tioned abo\(', ar-e green schists. ^\long the inside shore, which is 
 thijkly str-ewn with boulders, nrostly of gneiss, runs a little clitl of 
 light-gray, sandy till, holding many pebbles and liouldeis. This is 
 evidently a deposit of till, durrrped behind the ridge of rock that forms 
 the body of the island. At the end of the boulders and near' the west 
 point is an outcrop of mottled gi'eeri, generally massive trap, showing 
 oval structure in many places. Through it also run many schistose 
 hands striking N. 40 W. It contains a considerable amount of pyrite- 
 
^11 
 
 60 (i 
 
 LAKK WINNlPKd. 
 
 Siiiitli HJdr III 
 Black IslaiiM. 
 
 Tho aurface is well striatoci ttnd over the sandy till is a l)and of four 
 fi'ofc of Iji^lit-gniy stratitied clay, evidently that which is cominonly sceii 
 around the lake. Tjie shore southward to the end of tho island i,. 
 largely strewn with boulders thioughout, and is often hacked liy a 
 little cliff of till with pebbles. The massive, ^jreon rock gradually gives 
 out and ii replaced by a light-coloured schist, striking along tho sliorc. 
 
 The exposures of Archiean rock on the shore of Hlack islanij west nt 
 this, are all within a distance of a mile, with tho exception nf that at 
 the centre of the island — the iron-ore tleposit. On the first point west 
 from the island just described is a hard gneiss rock, mostly massive Imii 
 occasionally schistose. It contains ar.senical pyrites, and in places shows 
 the oval structure seen in the rocks of tho north side of tiie island. 
 It is cut by a few moderately wide \eins of rather line grained red 
 granite. A short distance west of this, the rocks are of soft, light green 
 massive rock, associated with a hard, green si'liist, and nodules of <[uart/, 
 pyrite, hiematite, iVc. Some of the schists are (juite silvery and strike 
 generally to the west. -Several shanties stand here, a small wliart- 
 is built at the next point, and a hole has i)een put down to a depoiiot 
 iron-ore, but apparently work has be«!n abandoned. 
 
 The next exposure westward is of a green agglomi'ratr, very com 
 pact and striking north-west. This is followed by ;i sniali outcrop ot 
 massive, green augite porphyrite From heie weslwar<l the shore i-- 
 generally formed from tl:o sand or boulder clay deposits which co\(i 
 the main part of the island. 
 
 The deposit of iron-ore on this island has been described by Mr. .1. I". 
 Tyrrell in the Summary Itepoi't for ISH'J, and this description is iieic 
 lepmduced in coimeition with the g'-neral at'count of the rocks of the 
 linronian b;inil of which it forms a part : — * 
 
 Iroiidic nil ' Five miles and a half ainnt; the south-east shore from its south 
 
 wiiitli sidi' ct . 1 1 • 1 I ■ 1- 1 • 1 ,. 
 
 r.lacli l-hmil. west p'liiil, altered aiifl highly inclined rocks are tor the (ii'st tiiiii 
 
 met with. They consist of light-green si'iicitic schists and (piart/iti'^ 
 
 probably of Muronian age, which arc often externally reddened by 
 
 oxide of iron. When lirst met with they strike N. lo E. and S. lo W'.. 
 
 and dip at angles varying from CtW to 7.'i . Tliese schists outcrop aloiin 
 
 the shore for a ilistance of -i^ti) paces, forming generally a rough, 
 
 irregular beach which slopes gradually into the water. 
 
 'Towards the northeast end of the exposure, howcNcr, alow ruu: 
 gcd <;liff rises above aiifl behind the sloping beach, and on examinatinii 
 tills cliff is found to consist in the centr(! of a mass of h.ematite, which 
 
 .\lllHllil l!e|«itt, tieol. .Siil'V. (' 
 
 IV (N.S.) is,sii, |,|). Iti-IH .\. 
 
•] 
 
 IIUHONIAN liOCKM. 
 
 CI 
 
 11 hand of foui 
 cominoiily .si't'ii 
 i tho islaiul is 
 n hiickoil V)y ii 
 gnvcUmlly gives 
 ilong tlio slitirc. 
 
 < I slam 1 west oi 
 ption I if thiit 111 
 tiist point \V(!st 
 )aVly iiiiissivi)lnu 
 1 in jiliKcs sliows 
 e of the isliiml. 
 tine grained it'd 
 ' soft, light green 
 nodules of (iiiail/ 
 ilvery imd strike 
 .. ii small wharf' 
 ni to a depii it cil 
 
 iienite, very eoni 
 small outcrop ot' 
 ird the shore i^ 
 osits whiih oovci 
 
 il.rd hy Mr. .1. r. 
 leseription is hen 
 the rocks of tie' 
 
 1> from its south 
 
 hi' the liist line 
 
 Its and c(uart/ite- 
 
 illv leddened h> 
 
 K. amis, lo W.. 
 
 |sts outcrop alon- 
 
 ■ iicrally a roU'ili. 
 
 hvcver, a low ru;: 
 |l on examination 
 hicmatite, which 
 
 ll IS A. 
 
 extends along " e .shore for a ilisliinee of a iiutidi'ed puces and rises to 
 tho height of Heven feet aliove the water. As shown in sections run- 
 ning hack from (he shore, it, dips away from the lake at an angle ot 
 1)0 , and in the vicinity of the mass of ore the hedding of the schist is 
 almost entirely ohliterated. 
 
 'The ore is a more or less pure ha'inatite, not very compact on any ll.i'inatiti 
 of the expiised siufacc-, and with numerous little seams and jiart icles "'' ' 
 of crystalline calcite scattered tlirouglmut the mass, along willi which 
 are also a niunher of small lenticules and crystals of ijuartx. fn some 
 places, especiall)- near tlm outside of the mass tho hicinatite assumes 
 ipiite a pisolitic or hoiryoidal structure, the spiierules heing often 
 ;,rranged in very well-detined rows, the interspaces of whicli are filled 
 with calcite. 
 
 ' Towards the outside of thcMuass in places the ore has lie(Mi con- 
 veriei' for tVom a tew inches to a foot, into a hydrated o.xideof iron or 
 limonite. 
 
 'No analyses have yet heen nia(l(> nf the typic;d specin^en^ collected 
 (luring the |iast sunnner, hut- a numher of analyses have heen madt^ of ' 
 sjiecimens |>re\inusly sent in from Ulack Island, l.)oth in the lalioratoi'y 
 of the (Jeological Survey of ( 'anada and hy Messrs, (Jilchrist, Riley 
 and .Miller,* in fjondon, rhiglaml. 
 
 ' These show an amount of metallic iron, ranging fi'oin oo'li!) per 
 rent downwai'ds. None were found to conta.in more than a trace of 
 phosphorus. One specimen gave on analysis '2'0lM( per cent of selphiir. 
 
 Aii;ily 
 
 'I MO'. 
 
 th. 
 
 le sulphur heing pre 
 
 sei»t in the oi'c as linelv disseminated iron- 
 
 pyrite.s, 
 
 while three oth(>r specimens show re'-pectiv(>ly 0'(I7, t)'12 and O'O.'VJ per 
 cent of this impuiity. Tn the other live an.'dyses the sulphui' was not 
 determined. No iron-pyrites was seen in the general run of the ore, 
 hut indications of decayed noihdcs could he traced in a\ery few places 
 
 as yellow incrustation- on the surface ot the roi 
 
 d t 
 
 wo or three 
 
 small nodules were seen lyin 
 
 t)se at tho hottoni of the clitV. 
 
 ' .\s stattsd ahove, the deixisit extends for ahout .'500 feet along the 
 shore, which has here a direction of N. 70 K, rises to a height of 
 seven feet in the centre of the exjiosure, and dips hack from the shore 
 at an angle of ;iO . The direction of its sti'ike diflers xciy materially 
 fron. that ohtained for the s(;liistsat the southwest end of the exposui'P, 
 liut in the immediate vicinity of the ore itself the hedding was entirely 
 
 )r almost ohliterated, so that it was ii 
 
 ipo' 
 
 siiile to determine in the 
 
 short time at my disposal, whether it was a true l)edded deposit or a 
 lenticular inclusion in the schist.s. 
 
 It the 
 
 i\ St.'i.l lii>litiitc, .V.i. L'. l.SKCi, p|i. Tit; ('ll" 
 
02 fi 
 
 I.AKK WINNIPEG. 
 
 Hc'lliNtH iltmi 
 
 ciitttol with 
 irnii 111'. 
 
 ' The hii'iiiatito is underliiin at tlio watfi 's (idge l)y a groon (iiiai t/.ilic 
 Hi.'hist, and is ovnlain hy a groniiish-wliiti' argillaci-ous lircocia from 
 one to two feet in tliickneas. ()\orlyiiig tliis is a inixturt^ of (|iiart/il,i' 
 ('11' iiitiltrated (jUartz) and rallier hard grenn schist, containing a coii 
 Hi(i(?ral)lo <|iiantity of hiiTnatito. This <|iiat't/os(» hand is again ovcrluin 
 by light giTcii argillacoiius on I'cricite schists, vciy much cruniph'd, i)iii 
 generally dipping at an angle of 60' ami striking on the west side of 
 the ore N 50' K. and S. T)!)' VV. IJeyond tins is twelve feet of light 
 gif'on, soft, soricitic sciiist. and this tiien runs into the* harder and ntorr 
 (|uart/iiic schists, which comprise the rest of the whole ex[)osurc of 
 tluronian rocks along this part of the shore.' 
 
 ft may ho of interest to note that JottVy's 'Map of Canada and 
 the north part of Louisiana' 1702, shows 'Iron [slund ' in F/ike 
 Winnipeg, a short rlistanco south of the narrows, evidently referring 
 to Itlack Isliind with its deposit, of iron orti. 
 
 Ixliinils ill 
 
 Mule I'ilV. 
 
 Iii/au<l.i In Hull Bay. 
 
 f)pposit(! the western Koundary of the Indian reserve, a group of 
 small islands extends from near the shore northward to near the large 
 island south of IMack Island. On the northern island light-green 
 crumpled schists are exposed. The strike is hetH> S. '.V.\' W., dip N. 
 Tu \V. ■ ir> . In places the schist is soft and chloritic, while in 
 otliers it is haid and (|uite silvery. The next two islands south show 
 practically the same schist, hut the strike swings round more to the 
 west. On the western one, the strike is N. 10 W., and the dip south 
 ward < 7") , and on the eastern one the strike isaliout, west and \ertic,il. 
 On the large island to the north the beds run north-and-south, hut 
 turn to t:)e westward on Hlack Islanti. In the group of islands to the 
 south the strik(! hends round to the southand-west. making a fold in 
 the schists, one arm of which appears to touch along the south shore 
 to near Clement Point. In the other islands in the group the strike i> 
 generiilly about east-and-west. The largest island, that nearest ttie 
 soiith shore, is entirely made up of eveidy bedded light-greenish brown 
 weathering schist, which breaks out in very long even slabs. This is 
 eviflently clastic and Inis probably resulted from the cruslnng of an 
 arkose. The strike is N. ^fO' E., and the dip northward at an angle of 
 80'. It ha.s also a linear arrangement of the crystals oi an incipient 
 schistosity at right angles to the strike, dipt ing S. 80" W. The .surface 
 is beautifully smoothed and grooved, the direction nf the striie, being S, 
 62 W., earlier ones running S. 23" < 32' W. On th(> islands lying 
 just to the north-east, similar rock is seen and included in it are a few 
 
I green (jiiai t/itic 
 )us hn'coia from 
 tun- of (iimrt/ilc 
 ontairiiiig ii cdii 
 
 it iif{aiii ovcrliiin 
 cli crumpled, l)ii( 
 
 the went sulu of 
 Ive feet of li},'lit 
 
 liiirdor and inuri' 
 liolci exj)(isuru of 
 
 of Canada and 
 [slimd ' ill Fiakc 
 idcntly ^pf(n•rin^ 
 
 s(>r\t', a i,'r<iup of 
 to Mt-ar till' lari,'!' 
 land li<{lit-j{n'fn 
 ;. ;<:•) W., dip N. 
 loritie, wiiilc in 
 ands south show 
 und more to tiic 
 id tlio dip south 
 vt'st and vertical, 
 i-and-south, hut 
 
 of islands to the 
 [lakin;; a fold in 
 
 t\w. south shore 
 
 )up the strike is 
 hat nearest tlie 
 
 i^reonish hrown- 
 1 slabs. This i> 
 
 crushing of an 
 -d at an angle of 
 
 or an incipient 
 IV. The surface 
 lie striie, being S. 
 th(> islands lying 
 d in it are. a few 
 
''te^' 
 
 Tsliitui 
 
 '■iillipo, 
 of tllL' 
 
 Aloi 
 
 Slll.ll 
 
 Tliosp 
 strike 
 beds ill 
 ,!,'i<'.y\va 
 till' we; 
 I'y inai 
 I'isinff 
 
tVRBEU. 
 
 HURONIAN HOCKS. 
 
 63 G 
 
 }Mljl)les of granite. North of a long low sandy point, used by the 
 Indians for a burial ground, somewhat similar schists or altered arkose 
 is again exposed, found also to contain a few pebbles. The rocks are 
 li(3n^ vertical and the strike changes from N. 70' E. at the south to 
 N. o7' E. at the north end. 
 
 A chain of small islands, five in number, lying in lino from the mouth 
 of the river to the east end of Black Island, show on the outer ones 
 li^'ht-green schi.tt, very much contorted. It has, however, a general 
 dip S. 75' W. < 70', and the rock exhibits in this sectio;; evidence 
 of very heavy crushing and alteiation, principally of the felspar con- 
 stituents. The original clastic structure is still recognizable. On the 
 small rock, oppo.sito the graveyard point, near the mouth of Hole 
 Kiver, altered arkose beds are exposed, probnbly a continuation of the 
 beds which outcro[i on the north side of that point, as the strike is 
 iu'ic N. 80 E., or towards the point ; the dip is southwards at about 80". 
 
 In the bottom of Hole Bay, clastic rocks, similar to those on the 
 islands north of the west boundary of the reseive, appear on Dome 
 Island, the largest of this small group. It is oval in plan, the longest 
 iliainet(!r being parallel to the strike of the rocks. In a few places 
 lii'twcen the beds of tht; altered clastic rock, are found beds of green 
 oiilorite-schist. (Jn Red Island, which lies just to the east, massive, 
 ijioen trap, cut by small veins of talc and dolomite, occupies the eastern 
 ]i:ut, while on the west side is an altei'cd rock, consistini; of a confused 
 inixtur(! of vei'y numeious crystalline grains of calciteor dolomite, scales 
 lit' sericite or chlorite, and yellowish stains of oxide of iron. The south 
 shore is very much staine.i by the iron-oxiwo and some of the beds seem 
 ti) be altered into a much harder and more compact form. The middle of 
 tiie island is i\igh and rough. The inner island, surveyed as a mining 
 claim, is composed, on the west side, of the same beds as those on Red 
 Island, wliile the trap forms its eastern extremity. The interior is 
 niinposed of vei'y much folded ([uartzite, hornblende-schist, i^:r., some 
 i]f the bands beini^ highly ferruginous. 
 
 Along the east shore, near the mouth of Split>rock Creek, are some 
 sin.ill islands, thi'ee of them near the shore and two others farther out. 
 Tiiose near the shore show beds of altered arkose or greywackt'. The 
 ■strike is approxiiu.itely parallel to the east shore, and included in the 
 beds are striiigs of granite pebbles. In places interbedded with the 
 fjreywackes are daik-green schists. On the ishnid lying outside or to 
 llie west of the gioup this greywacke often is coarser grained and cut 
 by niany, often large, irreijular veins of white quartz. A small rock 
 rising six feet above the water, well out from the islands, is com- 
 
 1). 
 
 ,rks 
 mil- 
 
 nf 
 
 
 ■1 IS 
 
 Mllc|>. 
 
 Ishllj. 
 Split- 
 ( 'iv.-li 
 
 U Ml ;ir 
 
 1'l.fk 
 
64 G 
 
 LAKE WINNIPEO. 
 
 poaed of a schistose iMiigloincratc, in wliiuh the pebbles up to twelve 
 inches in diameter, are of granite and the matrix is of a very luudi 
 contorted green schist, dipping about S. Cb° W. < 4'j . This ion 
 glomerate resenil)lps very much that exposed on the islands near the 
 east shore. 
 
 Waiinipigoir or JIolc liivcr. 
 
 Waiiiiiiii''ri 
 Kivoi-. 
 
 The valley of this river is denuded along the line of a narrow li.unl 
 of dark-green schist and eruptives, of Huronian age, and altluiUL;li the 
 river follows the trough ut the lower end, it cuts aci'oss it and Iduclus 
 a tongue of greenish-gray porphyritic gneiss before entering Luke 
 Winnipeg in Hole May. The schists seen on the river aboxc ih,' 
 Indian reser\e ajtpi^ar to form a tongue exteniling to the west. It is 
 thus re|)resenteil on the map, as it is not probable that the schists end 
 abruptly at the river. The band thus mentioned is denuded to I'dini 
 a trough for the upper part of the river and the Hole Lake basin. Imt 
 near Lakt^ Winnipeg it. is partly divided by intrusive gneiss fonniin; 
 the centre of thi; peninsula ending at Clement Pctint. From the nioui li, 
 tiie course of tiie river follows along n(<ar the contact between the 
 gneiss and the HtM'oiiian soliists ti) the north (Nist, then it culs acKi-.-- 
 fto the south and crossing the tongue of gneiss turns to the enst miuI 
 follows very closely along tht; strike of dark-green schists, which mv 
 apparently crushed greywackt's. 
 
 The first ex|iosure above th(! gnei.ss on tlio Indian reserve is a diiik 
 greenisii eruptive, in which the plates and crystals of hornbleixde uv 
 largely altered to cidorite, and the plagioclase to calcite. Massive, 
 coarsely cry.stalline, hornblende-iock partly altered, is seen at tin' 
 Indian reserve line, and abovi; to the nuiulii of English liiver tVw 
 exposures are to bt; seen of any roek. The baidcs are composcid of iliiy. 
 and rise from twelvi> to twenty feet abov(! the river. They are evenly 
 wooiled with poplar up to twelve inches in tliatneter, mixed with whieli 
 are a few spruce, (^rushed grey wackt's iiro seen at the first and se. nnd 
 rapids and on the long portage. These reseiidtle a compact, dark- 
 green, finegrained horrd)lende schist and inelude ,i few lenlieiilif 
 masses of <iuarl/. 
 
 Several portages are made past rapids before icaching Hole l„ik.. 
 and at each the dark schists are seen striking east, or slightly souih et 
 east, and standing vertical. In some places eruptives of the same dyrk 
 colour appea?', possibly interbedded, but at the entrance; to the lake tne 
 schists are found intimately folded with a fine-^frained greywacke, 
 the clastic nature of which is shown in the mieroscopie section. Tlie 
 
TYRREll.. 
 
 HOLE RIVKR. 
 
 G5 
 
 la up to Iwelvt! 
 )f a very iuu<li 
 [•) . This II m 
 slands near tlic 
 
 ii narrow li.uul 
 lul althouiili '"'■ 
 ,si it anil t(iuilii'~^ 
 • ciiterins l.;iki> 
 river aimvr iln' 
 
 the west. It is 
 V the schists nul 
 diMUided to tiiiiu 
 ! Lake hasiii. Imt 
 \P. gneiss funiiiii'i 
 
 l''n>ni tlie mouili, 
 itaet lu'twecn tln' 
 ,hen it cuts aiiii>s 
 IS to the east and 
 schists, whioli aiv 
 
 reserve is a dark 
 of hornlilendc :nv 
 calcite. Mas-ive, 
 1(1, is seen at the 
 ii<»lish liiver t'cw 
 comiioscd of clay, 
 'L'licy arc evenly 
 niixed with whidi 
 he lirst ai\d se. Mild 
 a coinjiact, dark- 
 ,1 t'ew IcnticuWr 
 
 hin.i; Mole '-i'^'- 
 J,r slightly smith "i 
 l-s of tlie same d;nV 
 ■nee to the hd<e tin' 
 [rained gr.-ywackr, 
 lopic section. Ike 
 
 foliation is very much contorted, and white vein-quartz is common in 
 I lie rock. On the north shore, near tlie north-west angle, the beach is 
 composed of boulder.s, while a bank of soft, gray clay rise.-, behind them f 'nntuct with 
 to a height of about fifteijn feet, from which an almost level terrace i|i,i,,'|jvki>. 
 I'xtends back to the hilks. These consist of green massiv coarsely 
 civstalline gneiss similar to that seen near the mouth of the river on 
 I lie Indian reserve. It is cut by a few veins of red granite and comes 
 out to the lake-shore half a mile to the east. From there on to the 
 (\ist tile gneiss follows closi;ly along the shore, and the schists form a 
 narrow band. The contact was not seen, but it is noted that no 
 granite seins cut the schists, but they cut the gneisses just beyond, 
 ;,ud no inclusion of either rock is seen in the other. Near the east 
 end of the lake the schist forms high hills along the siiore, and the line 
 of contact recedes somevvhat from the lake, but numerous (juai'tz veins 
 or narrow strings of ijuartz, cut the schists. Massive greenstones are 
 oi'c- ■ionally seen, but on the islands near the east shore thin-bedded 
 sehists occur striking S. 70' K., dipping northward at a high angle. 
 The bedding is very wavy, and liere and there in it are a few little 
 strings of (|uartz. The soutli shore is indented with rounding bays, 
 between which are well-glaciated points. The water is not deep and 
 weeds grow all along the shore. The rocks strike generally along the 
 shore, though at the east end the direction is sometimes to the south 
 of west. The hills south from the eastern end of the lake show 
 \ery hard compact light green ehlorite-schist striking west and stand- 
 ing vertical. Along the shore of the bay to opposite the mouth of th(! 
 iippi^r part of the rivei-, green schists are followed by crushed and 
 altered porphyrites, and similar ])orphyrites are found again at the 
 south side of the outlet of the lake. Between these exjiosures all 
 along the south shore dark-green schists ari^ the only rocks exposed, 
 Tlii.'.se are probalily sipieezed eruptivi^s associated with the poi'pliyrites 
 noted above. The southern edge of these rocks does not .seem to be 
 here well-deiined ahd th(! south line of contact for all this area of 
 Huronian is merely conjectural. 
 
 The upper part of the i-iver forms a long delta extending out into rpjur part of 
 the lake for nearly three-quarters of a mile. The banks are rather low '*'^'''- 
 l)ut are clothed with elm, ash, oak, poplar, bii'ch and a little spruce. 
 .Vliovo the delta the river becomes very crooked, winding from side to 
 side of the valley and the banks rise gradually. About three miles up 
 the lirst rock exposure appears ami is of a hard, compact but thin- 
 liedded, green schist striking east and dipping northward at an angle 
 of 70'. Half a mile above, tiio river reaches the edge of the valley on 
 the south side, and the green schists are exposed again. Shortly above 
 5 
 
66 c, 
 
 LAKE WINMPKO. 
 
 Knglisli Bri 
 
 Contact of 
 lliiroiiiaii 
 and gneiss. 
 
 this the river swings to tlic north, aiul crystalline schists, apparently 
 fragniental rocks showing much crushing, are exposed on the hill- 
 side. 
 
 A cut-bank, fifty feet in height, on the north side of the river shows 
 at the bottom twcnty-Kve feet of evenly stratified sand, in places 
 coarse and red and in others white and very fine. Tn the sand an 
 some thin bards of fine, gray clay, in one of which, ten feet from tii" 
 bottom, were found three pebbles well striated. Over the sand is 
 twenty-five feet of evenly bedded, light-gray clay with a few calcareous 
 concretions. The top of this high bank is level and extends back 100 
 yards to the foDt of aroeky hill, ri.'jing in all lOU feet above the rivci . 
 The sand and clay are probably laeustral dejiosits and form a terrace, 
 fifty fc t above the river, or fifty-six or lifty-t>ight above Hole Lake. 
 
 Above tliis the river is rapid and shallow with a sandy bottom, ami 
 in Ies3 than a mile rounded bouldt^rs make their appearance for the 
 first time, and are thickly scattered in the bed of the stream. Tiigli 
 banks of sand and clay sliow the valley *o be well filled with rivei' 
 deposit in this upiu-r part, and as the present stream does not now 
 touch these, it is evident that a large stream probably, at one time, 
 occupied the valley. 
 
 English Brook. 
 
 ,U English Lake lies in a l)asin to the north of Hole IJiver, and the 
 stream flowing froni it, crosses the line of contact between the gneiss 
 and Huronian, and then turns down the valley nearly parallel tn 
 Hole River for nearly tiiree miles before joining that stream. The 
 lower part is deep and about forty or fifty feet wide, without much 
 current to the first rapid, two and a half miles up. Aliove that it is 
 everywhere shallow and stony, often with a swift current. Below the 
 first portage the counti'y is largely alluvial, underlain by soft, dark clay 
 wooded with noplar. Above, it becomes more rocky with little 
 all'^itial land. T!ie rock exjiosures begin not far below the liist 
 rjortage and are of compact dark-green trap, in places schistose 
 and undulating. A ridge of this rock runs up along the north side 
 for h!..f a mile, rising to one hundred feet above the river. The 
 contact between the Huronian of the valley of Hole River and the 
 gneisses bordijring it to the north, occurs near the first ra})id wheio 
 bands of gneiss are first met. The portage Ik on the south s-ide and is 
 foui' hundred and seventy paces long, going l)ack behind a r.dge of the 
 trap. A quarter of a mile above, a lOthei' rapid occurs, and the; roik 
 shown there is a dark-greenish hornblende-grunite, corcaiiung much 
 
HOLE HAY TO WINNIPEr. RIVER. 
 
 67 G 
 
 , apparently 
 on the hill- 
 
 B river shows 
 nd, in places 
 the sand iuv 
 feet from tlir 
 r tho sand is 
 few calcareous 
 ends back 100 
 bove the rivci , 
 form a terrac', 
 >ve Hole Lakr. 
 
 ly bottom, and 
 ■arance for lli' 
 stream. Hii^li 
 lied with riviM 
 1 docs not now 
 ly, at om; time 
 
 IJiver, and \\w 
 wceu the j^miss 
 uly parallel td 
 It stream. 'I'li'' 
 !, without nnuh 
 \_l)ove that it is 
 •cut. Below till' 
 )y soft, dark clay 
 ,cky with linlc 
 \n>low the til St 
 jilaces schistose 
 X the north side 
 the river. Tlir 
 Uiver and the 
 tirst rapid where 
 south i^ide and is 
 nd a r.d^^e of th.' 
 rs, and the rock 
 coi'taining nnuh 
 
 plagioclase but no veins of granite. It seems j^enerally massive, but in 
 places it is foliated in a direction S. ();")" E. and contains sonic striiii,'s 
 of quart/. Befoi'e rcachin;^ the lake another rapid is met with, having 
 a fall of thirty feet. 'I'lie rock near the head of tiie rapid is a thinly 
 foliated, gray gneiss with a strike N. 40" E. and a vertical dip. Near 
 tlu' head of the portage the rock is often much contorted, containing 
 green hornblendic bands, lenses of red granite and wLrings of white 
 i|uartz. To the north, a hill, one lundred feet high is composed of a 
 similar gneiss. 
 
 English Lake is deep and free from weeds and the shores are English Lake, 
 everywliere bold, rising abruptly out of the water with hardly 
 a vestige of a beach anywhere. The rugged hills, black and green 
 with lichen, ai'e tliiidy wooded with pine. The rocks are granite- 
 gneiss and hornblende-granite-gneiss on the west side and gneiss 
 and schist on the east side. The strike where tliey are not 
 massive, is in tho direction of tho length of the lake or about 
 north-east and south-west. They all dip north-westward at angles 
 ranging from .'5.") to 7.")°. The basin in which the lake lies, thus seems 
 t(i have been excavated along the strike of a band of gneisses and 
 schists lying alongside a mass of unfoliated gnmite to the west. 
 
 Shore of Lake Winnipeg — Hole Bay to Clement Point. 
 
 The dyke of dark trap which was .se-en on the eastern edge of several 
 of the small islands lying near the east shore, reaches tlie mainland 
 near tho bottom of Hole Bay. On the cast side the trap abuts against 
 the porphyi'itic gneiss which runs al.)ng the east shore, and includes and 
 surrounds many large rounded detached masses. ( )n the west side the 
 dyke is bounded by contorted green schist, ipiartzite with much vein- 
 iHiartz, tkc. This does not here extend out as far as the greywacke, but 
 a few yards to the south, on a parallel line, this latter rock is found tc 
 succeed tlie schist. The sou<h shore, west of the angle where the dyke 
 disappears, is composed of a nuissive, dark-green rock, a greatly crushed 
 ;,'ranitii? containing chlorite. 
 
 West of this, at the mouth of a small brook, a bimd of soft, green 
 schist runs into the I'rashed granite noted above, with a strike 
 N. 45' W. and a vertical dip. The contact is fairly regular, though 
 ii few strings of schist run out ii\to tho crushed gneiss. Near the 
 mouth of the river the rock appears to be a crushed greenish gneiss, 
 somewhat resend)ling that of the east shore of the bay. In places it 
 is (juite schistose, and then strikes S. 80^ W., dipping south at an 
 5J 
 
 llnl,. Buy, 
 trap ilyke. 
 
 Near Hole 
 Kiver. 
 
68 G 
 
 LAKE WINNll'Kt; 
 
 W..,<t of 
 Kivir. 
 
 Mole 
 
 lOast of 
 C'leint-'iit I'oiht 
 
 Contact 
 
 fnllowiiij,' 
 
 rthoie-liiic 
 
 anglo of 70 . A band of wavy ^'reon schist crosses this, lio\v(!vor, in 
 one place striking N. 5' W. The rocl<s are in high rounded bosses, 
 making a rough rocky shoro i)otli hero and all ;u<iund tiie bfitiom of 
 thi' bay. It is well striated on the surface, in a giaieral direclion 
 S. GO' \V. 
 
 At the l)olloni of the l)ay soutii of the point used as a graveyani liv 
 till? Tndiiins, the same greenish porphyritic rock is seen, but it is here 
 cut by veinsof green schist, that branch out very irregulai-ly, haviiiH 
 generally a much thickened triangular area at their junction Tliey 
 vary in width from half an inch to sevei'al feet. The end of the 
 point, and half way down the side into the Imy, is composed of u li-ht 
 green (|Uart/.ite grit striking west, and dijiping suuth at a high aiiglr. 
 The shore is tliiidy strewn witii boulders, and overlain by blue clay im 
 to ten or fifteen feet. The north shore is ron!,dier, .md the lii;lit- 
 greenish grits standing on edge, run parallel to the shore and tumi 
 cliC's eighteen feet in liinght and almost perpendiculai'. Tiiese ui ii> 
 are succeeded, in the same section, by coars.'r, piirtially recryst!il'!/,eil 
 arkose sandstone, holding pebbles of granite, many of which .nc 
 (h'awn out along tlie hne of cleavage. Unfortunately the contact in' 
 tween the arkose and tlu,' porphyiitic gneiss just to the south iv coNervil, 
 but a little point between I hi' two exposures shows a Ncry nnuh icd- 
 dened and altered rock, consisting principally of calcite and doloiiiiti', 
 .'■tained by iron-oxide. The porphyriti<: gneiss ap])e.irs on i In- 
 shore just west of the.se clifi's and included in it are bands of gretn 
 schist. They appear again at the point, which is the westei'n extremity 
 of the Indi.Mi reserve, and a mile to the west of this the point is 
 occupied by green schists and the porphyritic gneiss. The coiitaii 
 shows the schist to be included in bands in the porphyry. 
 
 All along thf! shore to Clement Point, the greenish porphyritic gneiss 
 is seen on the joints, and green schists are caught up in it anil slrikr 
 in an irregular n;anner ; but the small islanils oil' the poitits show that 
 the Huronian band must underlie the lake in tlio vicinity, and that 
 the line of contact follows closely along the shore. Similar ipiart/ite 
 grit and arkose is exposed on two of the islands, and on a thiid neaivr 
 Clement Point, massive serpentine is founil, much jointed and out by 
 veins of dolomite. 
 
 This shore thus shows beds referable to the Huronian only on (he 
 points, while the rocks to the si uth si :>ni to belong to a similar sl■|•i{■^ 
 of sijuei i.cd anil partly altered gni '--ses, with that found along the ea-^t 
 shore of Hole Pay; and, probably the foliation becomes less distinct 
 inland, as is also the case in that vicinity. The exposures on tlin 
 
"] 
 
 HOLE HAY TO WINNIPEO niVEll. 
 
 69 G 
 
 ]lolo River in tho Indian reserve aro prolmbly pjirts of the same mass, 
 iuiil as is noted there, they are almost massive. 
 
 Shore of Lain' Wintiipey — Clement Point to Winn I per/ Hirer, 
 
 Clemoiit Pdint is k)ng and low, and closely surrounded by a pave- Clcinont Point 
 iiicnt of boulders, which are chiefly of j,'ranitoi(l gneiss, though a large 
 number of the smaller ones are of limestone and a few of the slaty 
 scliist. No rock in place is seen and none of the boulders are very 
 large. Tho point i.s overlain by a sandy clay, but a long beach of fine 
 viiite sand leads up to it from both sides. Between thes(f beaches is 
 ii ))iece of llat country ten feet above the lake. Many irregular 
 cobbles of sandstone are .seen, and at tla; second jioint in the bay Siuicl^tom- 
 toward IJad-throat River a small cliff shows sandy till overlying two '"" " '' 
 tVrt of wliite and brown, stained, soft horizontal sandstone, an outlier 
 'it' the basal bods below the Tientoi\. An island off this point shows a 
 liiiissivo oven grained granite broken by a few irregular jointage 
 ]il.ines. 
 
 The islands in this bay are all bosses of rock. One opposite the Maiiif,'otiij,Mii 
 mouth of the river rises twelve feet above the water, and is of 
 tiiH'-graineil giay granite, covered by stratified blue clay on which some 
 ^j'ruce is growing. The beach from Clement Point to the mouth Noiih shoic 
 lit' th'> Ita.l throat itiver is generally sandy, with the exception of a 
 tVu bviuiders at two or three jioints, and no Archa'an rock is to be seen 
 cxrept just at the liver. The northern poitit is compo»cd of an amphi- 
 liolite-schist con>isting maiidy of hornblende and finely granular 
 (|uart/ as a matrix, and is derived probably from a dioi'ite subjected to 
 iiiten.se dynamic action. 
 
 South of the mouth of tin; I'iver the rock is composed of a very com- Soutli shoi". 
 ■jiact ilark-gray schi.<t striking N. (12' W., vertical. Tho small rocky 
 inlands lying immediately west from this are found to be composed 
 of a (lark-gray e\. 'Illy banded schist, somewhat coarser on the oute;- 
 i>lands and more fcNpathic. Tn j)laces on tho outer islands the rock 
 i-i .ilmost massive or occasionally well bedded, but the sti'ike is generally 
 irregular. On tli(> most southerly island of the group, red, coarse 
 prgmatitic granite; with a distinct lamination east-and-west forms the 
 mass of the island. It includes many mas.ses of coarse gray gneiss 
 highly micaceous. In the largest of one of the.se is a wide vein of liglit- 
 ,'ray slightly micaceous gneiss that has probably been a vein of granite 
 cutting the schist. (Jn the main shore the contact of the pegmatite 
 with the iineiss is seen. 
 
 >v 
 
70 (i 
 
 LAKK WINMPEfJ. 
 
 \ii i-iriuiitl 
 
 I'nlllt. 
 
 nad-tlini;U I he sliKic fi'uiii tlic river to this i^Tjiiiltc dyke or irinss is t'oiiiiKisi , 
 
 Kivcrsimtli- • i i- i i i i ^ . ■ ■ .■< ■ »■ . 
 
 „iir(l. iiiiiinly ot (liirk-griiy rock approacliiii,!,' u iiuca scliist. lowiird Mchci 
 
 iiiotl Point thi- rock is ji inicadiorilo-^^riciss bccomiiij^at the point ,i 
 
 much coarser <Iiorito-t;ii(ass witli less mica. Tho strike is here S. 21 \\ . 
 
 witli a (lip westward <' 2.") . It is cut liy many veins of granite, some 
 
 of which are liglit, while otliers are dark-red and (liui-^'raiin .1 
 
 .' •Derniolt Point is low and wooded with hij^h poplar. M;ih\ 
 
 low rocky shoals lie olF it, iipjiareiitly of dark gneiss. Alon^ 
 
 tlie shore to the southward the j^noiss is seen to lie vei'}' iiiiieh cut up 
 
 by granite dykes. Several jioints nortli of Sand Uiver show e.xposiiirs 
 
 of dark e]ndotic granitite gneis.s very inucl) cut l>y pegmatite vein-. 
 
 The strike is varied, but generally nearly eastand-west, and the (li|i 
 
 varying from vertical to an inclination either to the northw.ml ur 
 
 s lutiiward. From the point, to near the mouth of Sand l!i\er, tht^ slmir 
 
 ii- low and apparently even, with a beach of sand and occasionally a ivw 
 
 boulder.s. Iiosses of rock are seen here and thc-re rising above tlir 
 
 )jpach. Their surface is genorally smooth and glacial striie im 
 
 fre(]uently seen, 'i'wo sets crossing each other were obstsrved on a [loini 
 
 north of Sand Kiver, running S. 75' W. and S, 50 \V. 
 
 For two miles north of Sand Kiver the shore is about si.x feet abovr 
 the lake,uii(l the outer slope is often C()\'ered with grass. 'I'he beach is ,i 
 soft clay and tiie country in t lie vicinity of tlu; Sand iiiver is low and tlai. 
 An alluvial plain stretches back up the rivirfora considerable distance 
 
 The point south of the mouth of the river is composed of low outcrops 
 of massive, gray gneiss cut by veins of red pegmatite. It is massi\(<, 
 tJntkson.SiUid however, and cf)ntains much plagioclase. The mica is mainly altcii il 
 to chlorite, and on the whole the rock is not so fresh a« the exixism. - 
 north of the ii\er. The first rock exposure; up the river is a tlaik gniv 
 gneiss striking S. 40 K., and includes some irregular drawn out mas.vrs 
 of mica-schist. The next exposure shows a boss of hornbleiulc- 
 graiiitite-gneis-i, cut by a few narrow veins of red pegmatite. The 
 highest exposure seen, about four miles from the nKJUth, consisted ol' a 
 foliated granitite or biotitegneiss striking S. '>')' V]., vertical. Tli. 
 river at tirst is from sixty to one hundred feet wide, but above the 
 first rock exposure it is narrowed to about fifty feet. The banks aiv 
 generally three to four feet high, level and dry, wooded with aspen. 
 
 The shore of Lake Winnipeg, south from Sand i{i\er, is generally 
 low with a sandy bejidi, and low exposures of rock are seen near tin- 
 water's edge. Dark-gray gneiss, cut by many wide veins of red granili\ 
 occurs neai- Sand Uiver, followed by a long strip of low shore appar- 
 ently showing no rock for a couple of miles, when coarse red graniti 
 
 Kiver. 
 
 Sand Kivci 
 .-oiitluvaril. 
 
1 
 
 IIOI,K IlAV TO WINNIPEG HIVEH. 
 
 71 n 
 
 ass is I'DiniMisi ., 
 'roNvard MfPii 
 i^at thti jiuiiit .1 
 is hoiv S. •_' I W. 
 of granite, sonic 
 ml iinc-^raiiinl. 
 
 poplar. Many 
 gneiss. Aloii^ 
 ■t'l V much cut 11]' 
 ■r .sliow oxposuns 
 pcguiatilv veins, 
 irest, anil tlu' dip 
 he noi'thw.iiil m 
 d lliver, the slmiv 
 occasionally a feu 
 
 rining al>ovt! tlic 
 glacial strin' aw 
 bsfived on a poinl 
 W. 
 
 Kiut .six feet abovi' 
 iss. The beach i- a 
 iver is low and Hat. 
 isidorable distant . 
 
 sedof lowouUKin- 
 to. Tt is niassi\i', 
 is mainly altcii'il 
 I as the fxpcismv- 
 iver is a darU-giiiy 
 awn out inassrs 
 ss of hornbU'iitlc- 
 1 pogniatitc. Till' 
 )uth, consistrd of a 
 1'',., vertical. 'I'li' 
 idc, but above Uir 
 The banks nv 
 .vooded with aspen. 
 Uiver, is generally 
 k are seen near tlu' 
 ins of red granite, 
 low shore appai- 
 coar.se red granin 
 
 
 containing a few inclusions of the dark gneiss shows in a low exposure 
 Li)W shores without any rock exposures stretch to within three miles 
 iif Black iUver. Half way a small re^ef shows the rock to beared 
 granite foliated N. (>■") 10, On th(\ first point noi'tii of Jilack River. 
 at a distance of about three miles from the river, the rock is n beauti- 
 fully banded red and dark-gray gneiss. The red bands are often 
 headed ; the dark bands aj)pear to be epidotie and are pi'i(bid)ly decom- 
 posed rocks similar to the mica-diorites of MeDern<'itt Point. 
 The strike appears to be N. SO Iv, dipping S. 15 . a' about 
 
 70. In tiie \ ieinity, the reefs and points to tlio .sou'i. a' dl of "Xnrtli i)f 
 a ([uartzosc! granite, I'athtu' ma.^sixc, with a fairly di lite ition '''■"'* lover. 
 
 \, ().")" K. \l the mouth of the river, on the north .^" . •, a. " exposures 
 of a red massi\e biotili granite. Small exposures o. sie>il i- I'ock are 
 seen ill the bay to the north and up the river for nearly 1 ir ii.iles. 
 
 The |iiiint oil tlie soutliside of the river is coi sec' of a white ,Soiitli nf 
 granite, eontaiiiing laige crystals of felspar. It a. . i. )lds ii regular '■''"''^ '^'^''''• 
 inelusions of d.irk-giay thin-lieilded gneiss, striking S. G.") iv, and is 
 lUt by a few \eiiis of led yianitr. Many rocky reefs lie outside a 
 line, joining this point with the points to the south, and at a distaiu'e 
 of three miles the shore is cut back to the east, loa\ing a low jioint on 
 which i-i ])iled a great, number of transported boulders. Beneath, the 
 roi'k is seen to be still of the same eharaeter as the last, witli a more 
 jironouneed foliation, and somewhat ilark(>r and tiiier gr.iined. ^lany 
 \eins of ri'd granite are seen cutting through tlii' gray gneiss. 
 In the b.iy to the south many boulders of gneiss and Trenton limestone 
 are distriljiiteil along the shore. />. losv elitt'of re-assorted till shows at 
 its base, bouklers with patches of hard compact till contain- 
 ing limestone fragments. 'J'he next point, .i mile to the south-east, 
 shows dark-gray, schistose biotite-gnei.ss, very much cut and broken by 
 veins atid masses of reddish and gray granite. 
 
 Three miles from Point Aleta^se a high rounded rock forming ^-iij.^imf 
 a poiitt, is I'omposed of oxeidy banded dark-gray, schistose granitite- I'n'"' ^l<'t"**se 
 gneiss, striking S. 07 W. and dippin; N. 2'S \V. < 70°. It contains 
 iii.iny interbedded strings of red granite, which in places swell into 
 wide \eins i-iitting across tlu! gneiss, the latter beeoming \ery much 
 contorted. ( )n the next point, past a few small islands showing dark 
 gneiss cut by red granite \eins, a gray epidotie granitite-gneiss well 
 iL-lir-ted S. 70 W ., is cut by very few thin veins of red granite, and 
 also long lenticular ]iointed strings of a darker, more massive 
 liornl)lende-granitite. The edges along the lines t)f ct)ntact of the two 
 gneisses are frayed, caused by the apparently broken ends of the 
 "iieissic folia'. 
 
72 o 
 
 LAKK WINNIl'Kd. 
 
 Point Metuxsi At Point Metasse no nick is seen iibsolutoly i» place, but here iiiui 
 on till- roofs off tlio point are many lari,'e bouUlcru of gneiss. Tlie sur- 
 faco is about twehe feet above tlie wati'r and a si-arped face shows it 
 to be coinposeil of a \(;it sandy till with many boulders, evidently a 
 inorainic deposit. It is oveilain to the .south-east by a very well 
 stiatitied dark-i;ray I'lay, lioldin<{ tosviii'd the ba^e a few j)ebbl('s, 
 
 Tiuvci-.se Li.iv. chielly of liniestone. Toward the mouth of Winnipei^ Ui\er, the shore 
 Ls mostly low with a beach of sand and clay. The country behind is from 
 ten to fifteen feet above the water, and elills of sti'atilled clay, at (irsi 
 'in snudl exposures, are seen risin;,' Hi'adually to nearly llt'teen feet as 
 the ri\'er is approached. Very little rock is exposed and the first is <in 
 a snuill island, one mile fi'oni the river. It is of ndark, red and j,'r,iy 
 lioriibleiidi'-bidtitcvgraniti! ;,'neiss, strikini,' east and wes; tnit ficiuss 
 by a wide band of red granite. This j^ranitite gneiss is exposed oii 
 the north side of the river foi' a mile and a (piarter upfront the mouth, 
 and there comes in contact with large masses of a I'ed biotito gneis.s, 
 v.-hich is cut by many *'eins running from the granitite. 
 
 Manigcti 
 Kivci-. 
 
 Maiiiyvlayaii or Bad-throat River. 
 
 iKiiii The liver from its mouth to Jonasson's mill \s deep and a (piarti ; 
 of a milo wide. 'J'he banks are composed of stratified blue clay without 
 boulders, fifteen feet above the water and wooded with beautiful tiiil 
 rtsp(!n and spruce, — a country evidently litted for agriculture when tiir 
 forest is cut down. At a mile and a half up, on the suuth sIkhc, their 
 is a little exposure of dark-gray mii^aceous schist siriking <'ast and- 
 west, dip])ing S. <- 7i>". .Mong the line of strike run a numlierof little 
 narrow lenticular veins of white (juart/. The rock is generally covered 
 by twelve feet of blue clay and shows glacial stri;e running S. 57' W., 
 while the lee side is eipially well striated in adirertion S. L'T W. The 
 road from the ndll to the falls, leads o\er good clay land ami 
 near the falls a ridge of mica-schist is crossed. The fall is twi'nty 
 feet high, and the ii\er at the foot is only forty feet wide. Stea'ii 
 boats run up to tla; fool of the fall. The rock <!xpO'<ed is hero a da;!;- 
 gray mica-schist standing veitical and striking N SS" W. 
 
 Ab(jve the falls, the channel is deep and seseiity yards wide, 
 with banks fringed with rice, behind which are thick woods of aspen 
 with .some spruce. Very few exposures of ro,;k occur, and these 
 consist of moss-grown points of dark s(;liist, the sAine as that se(;n at, 
 Porilur I'all-. ^^'^^ falls. The next portage, at Poplar Falls, is on ;.ho east side of the 
 river, where there is a descent of fifteen feet. The rock consists of .1 
 dark-green thinly laminated hornblende-epidote-scliist wnich assumes ;v 
 
] 
 
 MANirjOTAOAN 1II\ |;H. 
 
 73 U 
 
 but here iiiul 
 jiss. The sur- 
 
 l fiicc shows it 
 s, evidently ii 
 ,y a very wi'll 
 t few j)fcb\)lcs, 
 UviT, the shore 
 ! lieliiinl is from 
 B(l clay, '.vt Ih'si 
 ,' lit'teeii feet iis 
 lul the lirst is on 
 k, reil luid i^iay 
 ^esi eut iieross 
 s is (ixpost'd on 
 from thenioutii, 
 d biotito gneiss., 
 ,e. 
 
 fj) and a iiuartn 
 blue clay withoiu 
 •ith beaulitul tall 
 it'ulture when thr 
 ^uuth shore, then' 
 siriking east-and- 
 ;i number of little 
 yeneridly covered 
 lining' S, 57' NV., 
 nS. -I'l W. The 
 ,1 clay land and 
 The fall is twenty 
 ■et wide. Steam 
 ;ed is hero a daik- 
 
 ' w! 
 
 \enty yards wide 
 
 ;1< woods of a-^pell 
 (..eur, and tlie-e 
 
 i. as that sei'ii a; 
 he east side of tlu- 
 roek consists of a 
 
 <t wnich assumes a. 
 
 L,'iieissic aspect on one side and on tlie ■ ilier passes to a tine-gi'ainocl 
 felsitc. Ft strikes N. (10 K. and dips \. ;}0 \V. •- 7<» . It is 
 eut by many veins of I'ed oithociase ;,'ranite ruiinire^ j,'enerally with 
 llie strike of the j^neiss and varying; in widlii from tlire(> feet to tine 
 strinics. Just above, the rock is apparently massive, risin;,' in liij^h 
 rounded lulls probably of t;neiss. At the next fall, a shoit distance 
 above, the river deseends live feet over i<. tii\e ;;rained qreeidsh and red 
 biotito-^neiss with a j;enerally massive appearance, but foliated in tiie 
 same direction as at Poplar I'alls. 
 
 About a nule and a half fartluu' u|> is arif)thei' ] oitajje rimidn;,' up. 
 the l(!ft hand side of a rapid eondn;,' thi-(ju;;h a narrow cut between 
 rounded j^neiss hills. The portage is partly tlinjuf^h low scrub and 
 partly over a baio rocky knoll. The rock is a j;iay gneiss the same 
 as tlu^ la^t with an indistinct crystalline foliation sirikini; west;. 
 
 The liver in tli(^ last .stretch is about the same width as before, but 
 rounded bos.sea of rock are seen in numy places, and the woods are 
 thinner, of pine and snuUI poplar. The rock all the way is a gray 
 i.'neiss the same as at the last, poi'taye. At the foot of this portage 
 light-gray alluvial clay without pebbles, is seen to Wm' feet above the 
 water. The higher parts of the rock are eov(>ri'd in liie depn^ssions 
 with gray till with pebbles. (Maeial stria' are not shown here, the 
 rock being \(!ry nuuh weathered and covered with a growth of lichens. 
 
 After passing a small rapid the iu!.\t portagt! is on a small island. 
 There is here a fall of three feet and the rock exposed is an orthocla.se- 
 biotite-graiute-gnciss striking S. 70 i'l., cut by a few veins of red 
 granite. At a sharp bend to the south the liver is narrow, (lowing 
 between steeji rocks and falling iive feet. Past this there is a portage 
 un the west side through the woods, over blue clay without peljblea, 
 >imilar to the alluvial elay of f^ake Winnipeg. 1 liglier uj>, bouldery 
 till is found on the rock. The rwk exposed at the fall is a 
 similai' giay gneiss striking S. S5 H. The Cascade portage, about (■ 
 a mile jibovc!, is nearly .'500 yards long through low bush on "i 
 tli(^ east side of the ri\i'r, past a cascade with a fall of twenty- 
 live feet. The rock is a gneiss with a larger percentage of orthoclase 
 than in the rocks below. The sti ike is about N. 0U° K. The rocks 
 here are cut by niany veins of red granite, and the surfaces have been 
 ..'eil glaciated, the north-east sides being rounded and the s<:)utli\vest, 
 liroken. 'J'lie surfaces are evt-ry where weathered, so that most of the 
 L;rooves and stria- are obliterated, but a few of the former are seen 
 running S. ')'! W. Thi^y are not on tiat surfaces, but probably indi- 
 ■ ate the direction of ice How very closely. 
 
 ,ImiV(. I'dplar 
 
 '.ills. 
 
 ,\si:i(l(. |nirt- 
 
71 .. 
 
 LAKK WIN.MPEd. 
 
 SijKiotli-nic'l 
 |Mii'tii|;(.'. 
 
 I'illow Villi.- 
 
 A Miiiiill eiisciiclc of four feet, al)out a inil« abv)ve t lie Cascttdc portage, 
 hIiowh niiiiilar jjiu'Ihs wtrikiiig N. 85 E., mit l)y a tow veins of nW 
 granite. Tlif i'Jmm' runs lietwccn rocky slioics all tlic way, unil iiji in 
 the Sinootii-rock |iiirlaL'f, many sinali riipidN occur, ^)a^t wliicli nn 
 portagf'N ni'Pil l)c iniidf, wliile the gfiii-ral courst- of tin- river is (juiie 
 slrai^lii ninninir it|i|iroxininiely \.'itli tlie striken of the gneiss, lliuli 
 rouniji'il hoH.scs of I'ock simw all iilong the hanks, between wiiich urr 
 litthi hays apparently undrrinin hy lightgiay clay, wooded with 
 poplai'. The shores are lined witii ric" and rushes, lied orthoelase- 
 giu'i-s striking \. f^")' I], and slanding sertieal shows at tiie Smooth- 
 roik |iMrl.igv. A dark, li.indecl gneiss or sc'iiist with li.diter lenticular 
 inclusions, is fjxposed at the next portai.'r al)ove. The country is 
 gi'iiei.dly low wiliioiit much rock in siL;h!, and i> wi'll wooded with 
 while and Mack poplar, some spruce and a few oaks and ash. A little 
 al)o\-e tliis and opposite the mouth of a suiall creek, higli liills rise on 
 the south hank, con)posed of niici-si'liist very much foUled, hut nener 
 ally striking up the river. The lop of a hill, sixty feet high, is a linc- 
 graincd, wiiiteweathering granitite gneiss, with appari-ntly nolieddinu 
 .and nearly massi\c, breaking readily when struck by the haiinner. On 
 each side of tin-- are heavy beds of white, coarM', crystalline granilf, 
 folded with the bands of schist. 
 
 Al)0\e this the rivei' run- along the -trike of the neks, and a ridgr 
 follows on 1)oth -idc , up to I'illow \'n\U. Ib're lh'> roek is a mica 
 schist, striking S. ~'i to hO W. It is interbcdded wiili a fnic 
 grained granitite-gneiss in thick and thin bands along the strike, hut 
 also often in lenticidar masses or strings, ruindng out at both end-. 
 In .some bands of the schist the nn a is entirely silvery white. ()\er 
 the rock is a soft light-gray, slightly :;.i:iily clay without boulder-, 
 while in other places many boulders, chiefly of gneiss are scattered 
 through a light gray clay. 
 
 A mile above this beautiful fall is another of lifteen fcfl. at ;i 
 low point in .'I ridge of schist which here crosses the river. It run- 
 about east and-west, and the river cro-ses it from the scaith. These 
 ridges are probably formed by the presence of many lenticul.ir band- 
 aiiil strings of a white pegmatite included in them, ien<lering the whole 
 much harder than the surrounding rock. South-east of the schist, a 
 w'uh: band of massive, fine grained, light gray L:rai'.it(^ rises in rotuidcd 
 hillocks to a height of thirty-feet abo\e the water, followed again h\ 
 schist v.iih lenticular inclusions of granite, etc., the saint! as that seen 
 at the last fall, striking here S. ."lU K., and dipping S. 10 A\'. < SO , 
 Occasional bands of schist were noticed in tin; granite area just passed. 
 
MANKlOTAflAN HIMCII. 
 
 Tn fJ 
 
 Tlui noxt jiortiino is occasionally niiulr hy goiny up a short bnincli 
 from tlu' south iiiul then ciirryiiij,' across tho {loirit. A short j)orla!,'o 
 Clin, however, \t(\ nmclc on the north side, near tho rapid, 'I'ho rock is 
 a light ','i''iy u'riinitc, hut across on the south side niicaschist is Hecm 
 ilippini; at a hiifli anule, and many irrcju'ular fra;,'nicnls of schist are 
 includcil ill the v'i''inite which surrounds them on all sides, liolow the 
 rapid, on the north side, tho schist is seen tf i, 'uit aj,'ainst the granite, 
 and is nnich foldi d and contorted at tho contact. 
 
 From Turtle Lake, the river falls in a cascadt^ of twenty feet, and at J^'iili i >if 
 ,,,.,, , . 1 • • • 111 'I'liitlf Liiki' 
 
 the toot the rock is a ^rray mwaschist in very irregular bands, very 
 
 much cut and lirokcn \>y irregular masses of red granite, the felspar of 
 
 whieh is in places largely jilagiodase. It is also cut by regular bands 
 
 of the light gray granite. The rock at the upper end of the portage 
 
 consists entirely of tho light gray granite, and this rock forms the 
 
 tiills, ninety fetH iiigh, on tint simlh siile of the river, extending all 
 
 lound the south shore <f the laki 
 
 Th 
 
 hills 
 
 ire cnnspicuously liai'c 
 
 of all \eL;etati()n, ami i<>vv out wliiti\ tlir(aiL;li (lie few stunted pines. 
 The rock is in places \i 13' much cut by ndilish grani' ins, these in 
 places conij)osing about half the mass. Mica-schist is seen on the first 
 point passed in the lake, and also across on the noi'th side, but passes 
 into a gneiss and tJini is so cut up by pegmatite veins that the folia- 
 tion is lost. 
 
 lliuh hills (if a bright re(l gi'anile gneiss rise on the soui h shore of 'I'uitli' Liikc 
 Turtle jjike, while ill the distance, to the south, the hills of white 
 granite are also seen standing out in sharp contrast. The contart was 
 seen only at. one place, the two being separated by a vein of coarse 
 red |ie'.;inatite. 
 
 The white granite incliulcs many bands of mica-schist, running lunwhivu 
 aiiproximately parallel to the contai't, whieh is in general in a slraiyhi '-"■"""''• 
 line, hut in detail cuts the foliation of tho schist. In another place 
 DIr' two are seen in sliarp contact, and the white granite contains 
 ui;i..ny inclusions of gneiss, which in turn also hold inelusioiis of the 
 schist. 
 
 Abt.ve the lake to the next portage the river is nearly Straight. 
 The north bank is low, without rock and wooded with aspen, (hi tiiC 
 south bank mica schist is exjioscd, striking parallel to the shoi\ aiid 
 dipping south L") . 
 
 Four rapids with portages are passed before reaching Caribou Lake, Caribou V,il.i , 
 and at each, mica-schist is seen tlipping south, and south of tiie river 
 the white L;raiiit( hills are in view all along. Caribou Lake is bounded 
 
76 G 
 
 I..\KK WINNIPEG. 
 
 by liigh liills to tlio soutli, wliilo to tlie iiortli, the country, tliougli 
 hilly, is more or loss sjoftiiii,' and woodoti, find the shore is very largely 
 composed of boulders strewn aloni; the beach. The rock exposed on the 
 .south shore ronsists of thin-iieddecl gneiss, striking S. 'M K., tlippiiig 
 south-westward •- O") , but ou the north, shore it is reddish granite- 
 gneiss broki ti by niiuiy horizontal jointiige planes. The t'oliatioii in 
 this is \ery indistinet, and on tlu^ last portage bi^t'ore reaching .Muskrat 
 T^iike, thill schists seem to be folded into it. 
 
 Miisl<i:it Jj:iUi Muskrat Lake, .also called H.il Pi)itage Lake, is irregular in <nitliiie, 
 and, as will be si'eii from the ma]), consists of two bays, a large one on 
 the west and the otlier narrower, liinning to the south, into wliich a 
 suiall strean), the southern bi-.inch of the river, enters by a chain of 
 little lakes. The northern bi-anch enters the lake about a mile to the 
 east of the outlet. The rocks observed along the shore of the western 
 arm are mainly granite, but the north shore consists of evenly 
 lauiinat(!d gneiss and mica-sehist. with white granite cutting it .it the 
 outlet and running ajiproximately par.illel to its strike, which is here 
 N. ."^0 Lv Near tin; northwest corner of the lake, red gianite Tiialies 
 its appearance, cutting into the gneisses to the no:th, and it is seen 
 that a large body or area of this eoarst? red granite occupies the country 
 to the west an,l bordering th(^ wesicrn shore, but the iriiugin of the 
 lake shows many exposures of very much altered gneiss, ami many 
 masses of various sizes are seen included in the red granili-. Smooth 
 round"d hills almost devoid of timlier', rise to a height of ninety feet 
 and occujiy tin; country bordering the western shore, while the gneisses 
 mentioned above, on tlu; l.ike-shorc' sii'ike in some cases towards this 
 mass and in oiIki's to the soutliw.ird along the shore. 
 
 The point between the two branches of the lake is mainly made up 
 of red gianite. but exposui'es of the gneiss are noted along the northern 
 part. The eastern liay is mainly in .a trougli on the strike of the 
 gneisses, while the narrow channel running' lo (h" south is in the red 
 granite. At the inlet of tli(! south liranch of the river, a ridge of 
 schists and gtuMsses running e.ist ,ind west c.iuse a barrier, oviir which 
 the stream falls lifteen feet, and above this is seen a wide lake-expan- 
 sion with se\eral islands. This is exeasated along tin; strike of the 
 .schists and is exiih'iitly formed from the denud.ilion of the softer beds. 
 The islands are arranged in ,in interru[)t(>d ciiain from oast to west, 
 and are apparently formed from .i l);t,nd of giciss. .South of this, red 
 granite again makes its .ippe;ii'ance. 
 
 The iiorllKM'n branch of tlm river up to the lirst fall, which is ten 
 feet high, runs between white granite on the north-west- and thinly 
 
liLACK lUVKU. 
 
 •7 r. 
 
 foliiitt'd miciiceous f^iiciss on tlic soufcli-east side, sstrikiiii;- up tlie river 
 .Mid (iipiiiiijj; sou til-east wfird at a lii^li anijle. Tlie fall is ot" tlic char- 
 acter of a caseado llowitiLi; over the wlute granite. Tlie next full above 
 is aixuit t\veh(! feet, and is over tliinlieddod gneiss. 'Y\w white granite 
 is Uf>t exposed on the river ahove the first fall. Another mile uj) and 
 a fall of twenty feet is passed, where a hard, fino-nfained schist makea 
 its appearance, striking \. 80' 1']., dippiiiii southward at a hiLjh antjle. 
 This is a much sheared and stretched clijoritic rock, a iiiort^ highly 
 altered sta^;(' of the micaceous gneisses of the lower part iif the river- 
 
 Lonu liiikc^ occupies the valley of the upper part of this stream, and r.cii^' L;ikr, 
 discharu'es hy a jon^ shallow rapid, })ast which it is necessary to port- 
 ai;e canoes. Th(> rocks ex|iosed are portions of the band of ureen 
 schists seen at tlii^ f.dls ju-;t below, and their strik'e runs with the 
 direction of the lake, h'ine stiin','s and veins of tpiart/, were noticed 
 cuttinu th(^ schists, and in tr.icinu; these beds west they irradually 
 meri,'e into the coarser gneisses of tlie northeast shore of .Musk rat 
 Lake. The shores of this narrow lake arc rounded hills of the ;,'reen 
 schist, with low land between, wooded with poplar and a little spruce. 
 At a few places slratilied clay, evidently alluvial, was seen. 
 
 Blnrk Kii'i 
 
 -north lirancli. 
 
 The two sti'eams, the noilh and south branches of lilack liivcr, 
 empty into a crooked narrow bay in the t'entre of tin Indian reserve- 
 These two streaicis are s.iid to rise very near one another, but they 
 sjiread apart and then i^radually approacli. The north branch is about 
 the size of Uice River, and there are nmny rapids necessitating portages 
 in asce:i(ling it to the Ioiilt portage to Muskrat Lake. At the ilrst 
 r.ipid the river runs between two walls of red granite and falls about 
 three feet over boulders. Similar granite is seen at tiie second portage, 
 an<l at tlie third a well banded red and gray gneiss, probably near the 
 junction of the red granite with darker gray gni'iss, is seen. Th'- strike 
 of this i-ock is N. 50 W. At the fourth and tiftli portages reil massive 
 hiotite-granite, similar to that at the second portage occurs. Several 
 small rapids are to be found between the fifth and sixth portages, and 
 exposuics of ;i light-colourcci granite appear. The bunks ot the riviM' 
 in this vicinity are low and covered ^s•illl po]ilar. Low (>xposures of 
 the whitish granite, are occasionally seen with in (Uie place .i tontacl 
 with a dark mica schist, apparently a nai'iow band included in the 
 granite. At tht> .seventh and eighth portages tlu> rock is a highly 
 micaceous granitite-gneiss, cut by veins of the white granite. Above 
 the eighth portage the rivei maintains its general width of about fifty 
 
 WV.xck liivi'i'. 
 
 l''oiirili 
 
 I'.ightli 
 poitii^c. 
 
78 G 
 
 LAKE WINNIPEG. 
 
 Suvinitet'iitl 
 ixjrtagc. 
 
 feet. The water is of a rlark-lirown colour, and .slightly turbid. Tlv 
 banks are coraposod of cia}', and arc generally live to eigiit feet iiig'i, 
 and wooded with poplar and a few jai'^e wiiite .spr.'.ee. Many ash trf.es 
 overliani,' the river all alonir, and .sniali oak j,'ro\vs on tlie rocky knells. 
 On the whole the country up to thi.s point is rich and alluvial, the "ock 
 forming a very small proportion of the surface. Dark-i^ray j^'ieiss, 
 well foliated, running N. 70' E., occurs on tlic ninth and tenth portages. 
 Interbeddcd haniLs of the white i;ranite are found in the ,!,'ray j,'neiss 
 on the twelfth and thirteenth portages, and on the next ..wo the 
 bedding is indistinct. 
 
 The banks gradually rise and become more sandy, withou.. boulders. 
 The trees are Banksifiri pine, spruce, ]ioplar, ash and el n. At the 
 •seventeenth portage, fourteen miles in a direct line fi'OM the mouth 
 of the river, the rock is a dark-gray micaceous gneiss, ner.rly horizontal, 
 or dijiping N. 2")° W. at about ■; 2() . At the r.ext fall, or the 
 eighteenth portage, the rock is a coaise, gray gneiss, rathei' irregularly 
 foliated, but generally striking about easfc-and-we.sl. The river from 
 the last portage averages about forty to sixty feet wide, overhung 
 with aspen, ash, and .some large .<pru<'(!. Here and there are little low- 
 exposures of thinly foliated gneiss generally dipping northward at 
 about < 7t) . The l)anks ar<' from throe to (ught feet above the 
 
 Bciiy Riipid. water. At Berry Kapid, the portage ^.-lineteenth), is past a fall of six 
 feet over smooth rock, a i^reenish gray gneiss, with orthoclase and 
 plagioclase, very irregularly folii'led. Ovi'r the rock the soil is a white, 
 sandy till. The winter trnil from Vovl Alexander to Muskrat Lake 
 crosses the river inst al)ov(! Whirl]iool Kapid, and seem>< to follow a 
 sandy plf.in emered with Banksian pine. On the river up to the 
 twenty first portage, the l)anks are fairly Im-el six to ten feet above the 
 water, underlain by line white sand. Low rounded bosses of gray 
 gneiss oei'asionally project from either side into the river. i'etween 
 the twenty-second and twenty-third portages, hilK rivt> to lifty feet 
 a!)ove the sandy plain whi<'h extendt; to the twenty-Hfth portage. < hi 
 
 Twenty- the twenty-fourth, the gray gneiss exposed shows great crushing. 
 
 iiiirtli |Hiit:i>,'e \jjout twenty-two miles in a direct line from the mouth, the river crosses 
 an extensive muskeg, and above this rougher country is entered, rising 
 in rugged and almost bare hills. A jiortage, the twenty-sixth, is at 
 the east end of the marsh, where the rock is an evenly banded very 
 much s(|uee/ed and altered gray gneiss, striking jiarallel to the rivei' 
 and vertical. In places it is interbedded with light gray coarse 
 granitite-gneiss, also very much s(|uee/ed. Winding thnjugh this rough 
 country f(jr a couple of miles farther, the river is found to issue from 
 a long narrow lake-basin, now filled up, and forming a valley atjuarter 
 
\vi\NirM':(; uivEit. 
 
 ro a 
 
 .urbid. Tlv; 
 lit feet hi,i;'i, 
 uiy aah tif.es 
 nicky knrils. 
 vial, the ock 
 -uray ^"leiss, 
 nth porta,<;es. 
 e yray i,'neiss 
 lext jWO the 
 
 of a mile wide, lying nearly eiisi-and-west. To the south a short 
 jiortago leads to a small lake on the head-waters of the south branch. 
 The rock in this vicinity is of the dark-gray gneiss, striking E. 25" .S. 
 To the north similar rock is seen for several miles in long bare hills, 
 between which are narrow beds of muskeg wooded with small spruce 
 and larch. An Indian trail leads from this liranch of Black River, 
 by a series of small lakes and streams, to IMuski'it Lake, on Manigo- 
 tagan River. An Indian sketch is shown on the ma[i. and serves as an 
 indication of the route between the two points. 
 
 ou.. boulders. 
 A 1). At the 
 t\ the mouth 
 ly horizontal, 
 t fall, or the 
 er irregularly 
 he river fiom 
 de, overhung 
 iire little low 
 iiortliwai'd at 
 [•t above the 
 st a fall of si.\ 
 rthoclase and 
 loil is a white, 
 
 iluskrat Lake 
 s to f<illow a 
 er up to the 
 ■(>ct nbove the 
 issts of gray 
 er. I'ctweeii 
 
 to tifty feet 
 ]H)i-tage. < 'II 
 
 it crushing, 
 ic river crosses 
 
 ntcred, rising 
 l,y-sixth, is at 
 y banded very 
 1 to the rivei' 
 t-gray coai'se 
 iigh this rough 
 
 to issue from 
 dley aijuarter 
 
 Black River — south branch. 
 
 The banks to the tiist rapid, half a mile south-cast of the Indian Souili liiuncli 
 reserve are sloping and alluvial, wooded with a forest of aspen. The 
 stream here contains littleovei' half as much water as the north branch, 
 and the water is very dark and muddy. Ahove the rapid the stream 
 is about forty feet wide and overhung with aspen. < )n the south side, 
 is a low gliici.ited expo.suic of dark-gray hornljlende-schist, containing 
 in some ])lac('s a considerable amount of pyrite. It strikes S. 2.") E- 
 and dips N. 6.")' E. at ■" 40 . It is cut by a vein live fei't wide, of 
 light reddish-gray pegmatite-granite. 
 
 Wiiinip'iy Jilirr. 
 
 The Hudson's I'.ay Coinpiiny's establishment at Fort Alexander, is 
 situated ;)n th(' south-west side of the I iver, oil the top of a bank of 
 hlue clay, tliJ't rises twenty i"'!et above the water. The gfoiiiid in the 
 immediate vicinity is cleared, and behind is a forest of white poplar. 
 The ri\('r water is brown hut clear, tlowing smoothly in a wide and 
 deep chtinnel. The fall from Lac dii lionnet to the level of Lake Win- 
 nipeg, is giviMi as ahiiiit one hiiiuh'ed and thirteen feet. This is mostly 
 distributed at several beautiful falls and rapids, between which, the 
 river-stretches are broad and deep. Upward from near the fort, I he 
 out-crops of the underlying rocks ate mainly of red granite, and at th(> 
 Manitou Rapids on the western edge of township 18, included angular 
 tfagments of red gneiss ai'e fre([uent. The river there is narrow and 
 deep, rushing between rounded bos.ses of rock. Pine l''all, two miles 
 to the east, has a steep descent of over live feet aiul rJiove are .'^^everal 
 lesser ones. At the fall similar uianite and hornblciHlegranit.''' are 
 exposed, and little foliation is seen in tlit^ granite at the short portages 
 .d)ove. Xo boulders are noticed along this streteli of the river, the 
 'ountry lieing all covered by a thick bed of alluvial blue clay wooded 
 
 Wiiiiii|H'. 
 liivcr. 
 
 Mmiitnii 
 l;,i|.i.ls. 
 
80 (! 
 
 LAKIC WINNIPKC. 
 
 Silver Frills 
 
 W'liitt'-miiil 
 Fulls. 
 
 13ig ]?ciiMiit 
 Vails. 
 
 with fispeii. From tliesc pditiigcs to Sil .'er Falls on t<i(> north boundary 
 of section 1, T)). 18, K. \., little loek is seen, the hanks heini;' of alkiviii! 
 clay, slopinu up ,t,'i'iiikially to woods of aspen. At the falls the rock is 
 a led hornbleiide-granitite, over wiiicli tlic water flows in a single 
 cascade witii a fall of twenty-five feet. .VI»ove Silver Falls t.lie ri\ci 
 is generally wide ,ui(I with a light cuiiciit. With the exception of twi) 
 or tiirei' low rounded bosses of granito>, the hardcs are composed of blue 
 alluvial clay without pebbles or boulders, and \voo<led with aspen. 
 
 The end of this wide stretch reaches to tl^ ■ line between sections .'^1 
 and S2, T\>. 17, K. XI., wiiei'e a casi:ade of twenty feet, called \\'iute- 
 mud Falls, breaks o\er a mass of I'ed granite containing a few inclusions 
 of dark-gray gneiss, and cut by many veins of red pegmatite. At the 
 lower end of th(> falls, the portaire ascends over the ciay to a height ui 
 thirty feet above the water, while at the ii)iper end the bank is only 
 ten feet. 
 
 Anoihei' lake-like expansion after leading to tlie east for three mile^, 
 turns southward in a nariuwer c har.nel to a rapid with a fall of si\ 
 feet Oil the north side a portagi; is madeo\('r sniooih rock, a horn 
 bleui granitite of light- ;ind dark-;,ray eoloiii-. Above, to Hi:; lionie'i 
 Falls, the river has low locky banks with clay gerusrally filling the 
 depressions. On the portage, wlueh is ilu'eo-()Uftrters of a mile in 
 length, a knob of granite protrudes thrtumli the clay at the middl" ot 
 the distanc'', and toward th<! up]ier end the clay rise's gradually to a 
 lieight oi' I •.liJty-five feet aboxc the ri\er. The next jMirtaLje is at the 
 west i;'.!( (>r ... island, where there is a descent of about four feet 
 Similas ..laince rock is exposed at several |)laces in thci interval. an<l 
 at the portage it includes a f<'w masses of a darker gneiss If lie las; 
 portagi! to Ijac du Uoiintit is over the rocky end of a little island past 
 a fall of five feet. The rock is a similar red granite, and the surrouml 
 ing country is covered with but a sliudit thickness of alluvial deposit. 
 
 /y'fc (/'/ lioniitt. 
 
 1. ;ir till Ph limit The .Southern arm or continuation of the river extcmds to the sout.h 
 ern edi;r! of township Ki, and the shore of the <!ast(M'n part is generally 
 low and worded with poplar, with, oct-isionally, stretches of sandy beach 
 and points consi.sting of rounded Irasses of granite. Tiie rock is ;i 
 coarse, red, micaceous granite, ipiite massive, and free from inclusion 
 and granite veins. The (hpressions in the rock, up to a iieightof ''ighi 
 or t(;n feet ab(jve the water, are tilled witii soft alhnial clay, and tin 
 shore is \ery fr<'e from boulders. 'i"he water clo.se to the rock is cleai 
 
 
^] 
 
 WINNIPEG RIVER. 
 
 81 O 
 
 lie north boundary 
 <s bein,!,' of alluviii! 
 ho falls the rock is 
 
 • flows in a single 
 i-er Falls the riM'i 
 he exception of two 
 refomposed of Vihic 
 (.(1 with aspen. 
 
 )etwei-n section-; .'il 
 
 feet, called Wliit"- 
 
 ling a few inclusions 
 
 pegmatite. At tlic 
 
 • oiay to a height oi 
 id the bank is only 
 
 cast for three milr , 
 d with a fall of m\ 
 moolh rock, a horn 
 bovc, to Big r-oniici 
 generally filling the 
 iirters of a mih' m 
 lay at the miihll" <i' 
 iis(>s gi'adually to ;i 
 ext portiige is at the 
 of about four fei t 
 in the interval aii.i 
 er gneiss. i'lie he-' 
 f a little island paM 
 te, and the sin-routul 
 s of alluvial deposit 
 
 xtcnds to the soiuh 
 
 in part is genendlv 
 
 • tchesof sandy beach 
 
 idte. 'The rook is .i 
 
 frci^ from inclusion- 
 
 ip to a height of eight 
 
 Ihivial clay, and lli' 
 
 . to the rock is cleai 
 
 and in places deep, but in the immediate vicinity extensive beds of 
 rushes indicate shallow water and a muddy bottom. Across on the 
 west side, a band of reddish-gray gneiss, showing a slight banding 
 N. 50° W., forma the point in section 14. Tlie rock-surface is well- 
 polished, and two sets of stria- were seen, the first running S. 25° W., 
 and the later ones south-west. Boulders are scittered round the point, 
 chiefly Arclnean, with a few of trap and many <>i hniestone. The 
 surface is covered to a height of twelve feet >iiU)v* the waier with a 
 soft, gray, alluvial clay, and there is no sign ■» boulaer-c'ay beneath. 
 
 The eastern branch of this lake, is shown on the m i • a 
 \ey by Mr. J. 15. Tyrrell. It is seen to con> 't of i i omih 
 
 Around the shores of the first, red granites are the pw»vailint: rock, 
 hut as the narrows to the second is approached, 'iJawii-v^rji'' gneisse.s 
 and schists occupy the island in the channel and tl»<^ uswBit ut the south 
 These strike S. 60° E., and appear very much si|U*»!xetat iwd altered. 
 The schist on Windigo inland, situated in the nsamuMtR, iMtnttbiins eol- Windign U- 
 uninar individuals of t<rarmaline, and luunerous pcWr!S»»5> <>t -laleite and ''" 
 scricite or epidot(>, evidently » eoiu.ict product. il*«(kii>«t g|*w«««s 
 occupy tiie nortli shore, -^d strike about east-and-weMt. 
 
 .Vround the >i>utli shores are fotuiJ t'wisses stii<*u!«*jr W"H*.u«sirt'ie«|lj, 
 I uimiiig to the east. At the east ond .. depression in • i, etftw»">i8e»>' oi^i.^n H t. 
 lliver runs, seems to foll< w a fough ot altered, erupt*' ai«vd gi*»!t«sii 
 icicks. At the niouth of the str»«nw the rock is a chl<jiiW* iwfiiiiHt,, slaiw- 
 ing intense erusliing. lied an(, „ -en schists, follow«dll by * eliiUiritt - 
 schist, the altered form of an eruptive rock, are seen jw^ to the nortli 
 of the .stream and strike up its valley. Tlie north shore, with tlie 
 exception of a point near the narinws, is occujiied liy greeni f(>lspathie 
 schists i>f Ihie u'raiii, very tlark in colour, striking easteri\ iid dippini; 
 iiorthward •, 'i'> . \ mile east of Windigo Island lini ..rained rod. 
 resembling a dark i|uarl/ite, striking S. (iS" E., is followed to the we^t 
 by coarser granitite-gneiss striking about cast. The contJict lj#>tweeii 
 tlicse last two is not noted, but the strik(> and dip of the dark rocks is iri„.,,„i,,„ 
 notapparently parallel to the coarser gneiss, and tin loliabilit-v is that '"^'k" 
 tlie contact is an eruptivt; one and that the rocks ot the valley of the 
 tti.seau Hiver are part of a lenticular area of Tfiiionian, pinched mit 
 altogether, west of Windigo Island. 
 
 Winnijtiuj liivrr. -aliitv Lac dn Bomn-t. 
 
 Above the lake the river is a Ijcautiful (|ui( t stream '.it with <wift 
 ■iirrent where rounded bosses of massive reddish grani. contract the 
 6 
 
[ilJ 
 
 82 G 
 
 LAKE WINNIPEG. 
 
 
 iiiouth 
 
 channel. In the southern part of township 15, the rock is overlain by 
 blue alluvial clay, which rise.s to a height of fifteen feet above the river, 
 and then apparently extends back in a level plain, wooded witli poplar. 
 On the beacii ai'c many boulders of limestone, both mottled and cherty, 
 The first exposun; of till is found on section 6, Tp. 15, and is compact 
 and white, wiih many pe!)bies of limestone. The till is just .such as 
 has been found to be derived from the vicinity of areas of Trenton 
 limestone, and evidently indicates thn presence of it in the vicinity. 
 Through Tp. 14 the rivei Hows with a constant swift current, in a few 
 places fijnning rapids where obstructed by bi.iukh rs. A very few lowex 
 posures of rock ai'e seen, all of granite, but the iianksaie very uniforMi 
 and from twenty to tltirty feet high, composed of an unstratitied wbile 
 till. Containing boulders of limestone and gneis.s. This till is overlain 
 by a few feet of dark bluegiay alhivial clay. In seetioi; 5, Tp. 14 an 
 outcrop of coarse biotite-gnoias lu.ses five feet above the w;Uer, stiikiiiL; 
 N. 70' E. and statKhng verticil. It is e.'^sentially the s.ime in coni]M--i 
 tion as the granite of tl.(> lower j)aitof the river. No Cambrn Silurian 
 lime."toee uv sandstone was seen in place, but a niiinlierof little cre<ks 
 flow in fr^nii tlit> west side, which may be fed from the sandstone. I'li 
 to the mouth of Whiteinouth l'i\('r tiie banks aie about tiie sanuj as 
 low<,'r down, except that thei'e are more I'ock outcrops. 'I'he latter 
 stream Hows into Winnipeg River ovei' a smooth ledite of I'ock wiili 
 a descent of about lenfeel. The ro.'k is a dai-k-gray, well foliateil 
 l)oriiblen(h'-gr:mitite-gneiss, striking east and standing \ertical. It is 
 cut by veins <if line-grained gray granite and again by niatiy \eins ul ;i 
 coarse red granite. Lighl-gray till every wlieio o\erlies the rock, anil 
 the country is well wooi'ed with poplar and a few oak. 
 
 A small island, just olV the mouth of the river, has its surfaces well 
 .smoothed and glaciated in a direction S. (1.3 W. ami it .also sliou s 
 anotiier and earlier set of grooves I unning S. 'M) K. Thi' ne.xt little 
 island further up the river has a wide (iat stu'face and shows tlic 
 glacial markings \ery much better, The later set being seen to run 
 S. (10' W. and the earlier .S. .33' E. 
 
 Shore of Lake Wuinijic.ii — Winnipi'ij R'lvf-.r to RkI Jiir>'i'. 
 
 CiUfisli ('rcils. From luirt Ah'xander to Cattisli Creek a bank of stratified elay frnm 
 ten to fifteen feet high (>xtends, generally scai'ped by the washing nf 
 the waves against i.s base and often beautifull}' carved ouii tolilih' 
 caves and pillars. Catfish Creek is a small but deep, sluggish stiemn 
 tiiirty feet wifle, and overhung with willows. It rises just west uf 
 Lac du Honnei. and ilows through a muskeg for a great part of its 
 
'■] 
 
 WINNIPEG RIVER TO RED RIVEU. 
 
 83 G 
 
 rock is ovorlain by 
 et't above the river, 
 ■ooded witb poplar, 
 iiottled and cherty, 
 
 15, and is I'onipai t 
 till is just such a> 
 )i areas of Trenton 
 
 it in the vicinity, 
 ift curr-nts in a few 
 
 A v( ly few li)we\ 
 iksare very uniform 
 inunstratilied whitr 
 This till is overlain 
 
 seetioi' o, Tp. M an 
 ,. the wiUer, strikin',' 
 
 the s;nne incoiiipo~-i 
 
 No C'anibro Silurian 
 uiiliei-of litile cr(■el^^ 
 1 the sanilstone. I'l' 
 ire alxiut the same u^ 
 )Ut(.'rops. Tlio liiti' r 
 li Irduc of rock with 
 rk-'j;ray, well foiiate.l 
 ndinn \ertieal. It i- 
 ill hy many \<'ins ot h 
 )\erlies the I'oek, ami 
 V oak. 
 
 I-. has its suiface. nv<'11 
 \V. and it also show- 
 K The iie.xt litll'^ 
 iirfaee and shows ilir 
 el being seen to luii 
 
 ;/• Id Hid Jiirrr. 
 
 uf st latilied elay fn.ii] 
 
 i.fil by the washing' "f 
 
 ly carved oui. to litili> 
 
 deep, sluii'^ish strenm 
 
 It rises jusl west uf 
 
 ,r a great part of its 
 
 course. From Catfish Creek to the next one west — Jackfish Creek — -rackfishCreek 
 the .s'liore i.s very similar to that to the east. Sand spits run out into the 
 lake and the shore is. shallow. Sand beach forms a long strip border- 
 ing tiie shore to the corner of Tp. 19, 11. VII, and behind this strati- 
 lied clay continues in a cliiFof ten feet. Boulders then become thickly 
 strewn along the beach and the bank behind rises with a moderate 
 slope to a height of thirty feet. The top for about si.x feet is composed 
 of a sandy till with large and small boulders, ha\ing the appearance 
 of a ground moraine ; below, the soft beds of the Winnipeg sandstone 
 appear to e.vtend doM-n to the water and ai'c seen for about a mile along 
 the shore. A low strip of country extends acro.ss the narrow isthmus 
 which is the .southern part of township -0, li. VII. The eastern side 
 of the peninsula is iiigiier than the west and is very similar in contour 
 to that of Elk Island just to the north. IJeds of stratified sand and Sunthdf Elk 
 clay torm clitls very smniar ni appearance to the \\ innipeg sandstone 
 and proliably the peninsida has a nucleus of these beds. The north shore 
 is of houlderclay with a level surface fifteen or twenty feet above the 
 lake, and the beach is thickly strewn with boulders. On the west side 
 many large slabs of mottled, Trimton limestoiu; coiitaining Macliirea 
 M(inil<)/ifiiiiin,eU\, are lying, e\idently close to the parent rock. Behind 
 the beach in section 1 ."), is a dill" twenty feet alwve the water, composed 
 cliietly of clay, often with many large and small boulders. 
 
 South of the poitit in Section K) is a high cliff of sand, which is prob- 
 ably recent and not part of the ^^'innipeg sandstone. The west point 
 of section D, is a cliff of clay thirty to forty feet hinli, very sandy and 
 containing some inters! ratified beds of sand and also some i)oidders from 
 I he soft sandstone beneath. .South east of this the land lowers and is 
 composed of till, occasionally overlain liy a little blue clay. A beauti- 
 ful harbour is forme(l in the bay between this peninsula and the main- 
 land to the south, by a bar of sand arid gravel I'eaching out from the 
 south. The country in the vicinity is wooded with poplar and spruce, 
 I Hit about fifteen feet above the lake, a level green sward of short grass 
 affords a good camping place. 
 
 I'oint (Jrand .Marais is surrf)undcd by boulders and behind them is I'oim tliaud 
 a clilV forty to tifty feet high, comjiosed apparently of sand containing ' '"•'■"• 
 many large boulders. This forms a narrow terra'.'e with low land 
 iiehind. A (k'ep bay on the north, across tlu; mouth of which two bais 
 nearly meet, forms a natural harbour. Opposite the marsh, to the 
 siailii, a sand-bar terminating in a hook, also affords shelter for small 
 vessels. The land east of the bay rises to the north and from the 
 northern part of Sec. 33, Tp. IS a smooth sandy plain ri.ses with a 
 
84 o 
 
 LAKE WINNIPEG. 
 
 ii'ilsuiii lijis. 
 
 roiiit. 
 
 gentle s'ope to a height of thirty feet above the water, while on tliti 
 beach ".'u this latter point is a low exposure of dark-blue alluvial ( lny. 
 Another terrai-e above is Jjere alwo noticed with a steeper slope. This 
 riaea to an additional height of thirty-six feet or a total of sixty-six 
 feet .ibovc the lake. Its surface is a level sandy prairie wooded wilh 
 occiisio:uil pine, and its scarped face shows it to be composed of lu)i i 
 zontally stratified allu\ ial sand, with pebbles of gneiss, etc Crossini,' 
 this ten ace with a width of about two hundred yards on the Fort 
 Alexaidcr trail, anotlici- moderate simdy slope strewn with largi- 
 boulders is ascoiulod to an additional heiglit of sixty-five feet or to ,i 
 total height of (nie hundred and thirty-one feet above the lake. Tli<' 
 top has a niodeiately even surface of coarse sand with a few boulders 
 In some of the depressions. This ridi,'e runs N. 2^) W. and S. 25 V.., 
 and beyond, past a depression running parallel with it, is a hill of about 
 the same height. This has undoubtedly a niorainic centre, ]>robal)lv 
 deposited in shallow water. 
 
 South of the mai'sh at ( Jrand .M.irais the lieacb to I'.il.-.iiin liay i^ 
 composed of bouldei-s, heliintl which is a clifl' ten to twenty feet hiL;li, 
 composed of sandy till containing boulders. 
 
 At Balsam Bay, the land rises to a terrace about thirty feet aboM^ 
 the water behiTid which, on the trail back from the lake is a siopiiii,' 
 sandy plain, dotted with a tV-w boulders, terniiuMting in a moie 
 abrupt slojie, at the top of w liieli is a rounded ridge, fifty feet wiili' 
 and three feet high, composed of rounded cobbles. This is clearly mm 
 old shore-line and is ]ii-ob;ibly about si.xty feet above the lake. Hr 
 hind it the sandy hill or ridge, rises to a height of about one luuidicil 
 feet above the lake, the summit being often composed of many boul 
 ders set in loose sand. At three-iiuarters of a mile from the lake tli,' 
 land falls again to a wide vidli y in wliieli there are no boukh^rs. (ii.iy 
 sandy and pebbly till is also seen at iiians places, on the surface. 
 
 I'^'om ISidsam Bay a maish extenils towaids Big-stone Point and ;i 
 sand-beach luiis akmy; in fr'oiit of it throutih which there is but one ii.u' 
 row gap. liig Stone Point is the end of a dry, le\el meadow about \'\\<' 
 feet above the \vater, surrounded by a ridg(! of limestone gr.nil. 
 This trravel is more or less rounded on the ea; side while on the 
 west it is angulai-, and towards the point is often in large blocks, h 
 is a mottled, Trenton limestone and thero aie but few granite oi' oIIhi 
 boulders on the point. In view of this latter fact it appears probaM" 
 that the limestone is sh<i\'ed up by the ice from rock in place, benCMili 
 tlie water (jn the west side of the jioint. It is possible that it is dc 
 ri\ed from Moulder-clay, but tht; extreme scarcity of granite boulders 
 
•] 
 
 UKOKENHEAD RIVER, 
 
 85 O 
 
 water, while on tlio 
 ;-l)luG alluvial i liiy. 
 teeper slope. This 
 
 II total of sixty-six 
 srairie wooded willi 
 le composed of hoi i 
 leiss, etc Croasiii.i; 
 i yards on the Fort 
 
 strewn with lar«.' 
 ixtytive feet or to .1 
 hove the lake. Tin' 
 
 with ii few Ixtuldcis 
 f) W.and S. -Jf) K., 
 11 it, is a hill of ahmii 
 inic centre, prohal)ly 
 
 •h to r.iilsiuu liay 1^ 
 
 I to twenty feet hiub, 
 
 ,ut thirty feet iil)o\<' 
 
 II llie lake is a sloping 
 niiiiiitiiiK ill II i>""'' 
 id^'c, tifty feet will.' 
 ■s. This is clearly :in 
 
 uhove the lake. I''' 
 of al)o\it one hundrcl 
 inposed of many html 
 lile from the lake lli.' 
 B no boulders. (!iay 
 ;, on the surface. 
 
 r.i^-stoiie Point and i 
 h there islmt oive iiar- 
 vel meadow al)o\it live 
 of limestone gra\fl. 
 I side while on the 
 II in larj,'e blocks, li 
 t l\>w j;ranite or otliir 
 •.t it appears probabl'- 
 rock in placv, beneath 
 .ussible that it is (If 
 ty of granite bould-is 
 
 and the wh it of j^ranite pebbles and sand, would make this improbable. 
 From Big Stone Point to the mouth of Urokenhead River the shore is 
 low and .sandy and this character is maintained to the mouth of Red 
 lliver. 
 
 Brokenhcad River, 
 
 The mouth of the river is obstructed by a sand-bar, but within it Urokmhead 
 has a well-(lefined fairly strai;^ht channel through the marsli up to the ^''^■^''■• 
 northern side of the Indian reserve, wliere the land I'ises slightly and 
 is dry and wooded with pophir. At the lower part of the hank the till 
 contains numerous limestone pebbles ; on the top there is, however, a 
 thin layer of alluvial deposit. The river above becomes winding with 
 reeds on the inner side of the bends. About one and a half miles up, 
 within the reserve, on the west side of the river, the bank is twelve 
 t'ect high,. and shows nine feet of mottled Trenton limestone. A little 
 more than a mile farther up the river, a somewhat similar exposure of 
 limestone is seen on tlie east side, .lust above this the liver becomes 
 shallow and obstrui'ted by boulders and maintains this character for 
 half a mile, when it becomes nai'row and tlows between boulder.s, with 
 a total fall of about four feet. Hero the east bank is sloping while 
 the west bank is steep and occasionally scarped, showing it to be com- 
 posed of a light-gray, unatratilled till with many pebbles and some 
 liouldera, almost all of limestone. On the bank, too, are many angular 
 masses of mottled Trenton limestone evidently out of the till, but 
 probably not far from beds in jilace. 
 
-^1 
 
 1'%/i 
 
 80 G 
 
 LAKK WINNIPEG. 
 
 APPP]iXDIX I. 
 
 LIHT OF (iLAClAL HTHI.K. 
 
 [Jliicial StiiiL'. 
 
 Stdiiuwall. 
 
 >S. LT)' !•;. and S. 10 W. 
 
 Mtony Mountain H. l!!" E. 
 
 AsHiiiilminc Kivcr 
 
 Scot. -JH, T. !) K, X 
 SaMkatclicwaii Hiver — 
 
 Bel 
 
 K< 
 
 R.i 
 
 IK<' 
 
 s. ;tt ao' K. 
 
 s. 12 :«)' w. 
 
 At KdcIic Koiitjr S. 12' W. 
 
 (Jrand Kai)i(ls |lx)tti>iii) S. 2 'M W. 
 
 (iniddlo) S. (i2 :«)' W. 
 
 (tup) HcconcI set W. 2' 30' N. 
 
 Cedar Lakr 
 
 Islaiul, i>a.it (if l!al)liit I'diiit S. ]H MV W. 
 
 Minitli (if Saskatdicwaii Hivcr S. ;«l \V, and S. Im'Sii' K 
 
 Sdiilli-nast sliiirc S. Ill nil' W. 
 
 Lake W'iiinipcg 
 
 Near linffalo l{i\(;r S. 2 \V. and S. 22 W. 
 
 S. :t7 .'io' K. t( 
 
 ;w K, 
 
 RoliinHdii 
 
 (lint. 
 
 1 1 W. 
 
 Head (if Ncls(in Hivcr 
 
 Near Mi ml leal I'dinl S. Xi W. 
 
 S|iidci- Island I'diiit S. ;«) W. 
 
 Spider Islands S. :M" \V. 
 
 Month of liclanijcr Hivcr S. :t2' W. 
 
 lint 
 
 S. 23 W. 
 S. 20 \V. 
 
 North of Hclanjfcr I'l 
 
 HclanRcr Point 
 
 From liclangcr Point td Pdack Hivcr, 
 
 Mdnth of P.ij,' I'.laik Kivcr S. 23' W. 
 
 H. P.. Co.'s Post Poplar Piivcr H. 10 4.S \V. 
 
 S. 18 \V. toS. 22' W, 
 
 P. 
 
 lar Point. 
 
 S. 37 W. 
 
 Marc 
 Lslan 
 
 id Point S. 32 W. 
 
 ill Picrciis Hivcr Hav 
 
 s. .-i:" w. 
 
 S. oT" W 
 
 JJcrcim Hivcr, H. P. (!'o'm. Post 
 
 Pij;con I'oint S. i"iO W. 
 
 (I carlic'r striie S. 18' W. 
 
 PiRoon IJivy S.17 W. , H. 38" W. and .S.l 
 
 Flatlicad Point S. 53' \V. 
 
 Habl lit Point S. oS W. 
 
 Opposite Dog Head S. 51 W. 
 
 Opposite Limestone Cave Point S. 48' \V. 
 
 Op|iosite Pull Head S. 53' W. 
 
 Mouth of Loon C -eek (earlier) S. 5" W. to H. 30" W. 
 
 (later). 
 
 H. 55^ W. to S. 70'^ W. 
 
K,. ami S. 10' W. 
 
 ""'"•'•■ J LIST 01' OLACIAL NTIil.F,. 
 
 Ijiikc Wimiipc),'— C'<),i,7///^r(/. 
 
 Loiiii Island (carliri') s. 30 \V. 
 
 " (liiti'i-l S, ri6'W. 
 
 N. I<), iHiiiit Ulack iHlaiul S. (12' W, 
 
 Niirtli hIkiit lilack iHlaml S. (13 W. 
 
 H.nith side I'.lack F«laii(l S. f)7' W. and H. (15' W. 
 
 -MiMitli iif llnlr Hiver H. (1(1' \V. 
 
 Ilcilc liivcr til ('lenient Point S. iW \V. to S. ">«" W. 
 
 liiidtlii-iiat lliver (earlier) M. "JT" *V. 
 
 " (later) S. :>-' \V. 
 
 >rcl)iTniort I'dlnt H. A'< W, 
 
 Ndi'th uf Steep Itiieli River S. ,->" \V. 
 
 Island ne.ir \><>)i Mead S. ijO W. 
 
 Near Sand liiver H, 15' \V. and S. 50' W 
 
 Siiuth of Little lilael; Itiver S. 54 W. 
 
 MoMtli of Wiiniipejf Kiver S. 57' W. 
 
 Itlack I'leai- Inland S. 4!! \V. 
 
 N. W. end Little Tamarack Island S. 5r W. 
 
 Jack Hi'ad Island S, '.'(i W. 
 
 lien MS Island S. 5(i W. 
 
 Badtliloat liivei — 
 
 I'ortage No. 7 . . . . S. 52' W. 
 
 No. IS S. 57 W. 
 
 Carillon Lake S. (>2 W. 
 
 -Mnskrat Jjake— 
 
 Sontli side S. (12 W. 
 
 Kast side s. (Id W. 
 
 Long Lake S. do W. 
 
 Hole Kiver, I'.vst lioundary of I. R S. (15 W. 
 
 II first rock S. 75 W. 
 
 Hole Lake, sontli shore S. (IS W. 
 
 wi'st end S. 73 W. 
 
 Kn^lisli Lake, east end S. 03° \V. 
 
 Rice River, upper part S. 02' \y. 
 
 Little I'llaek River 
 
 rortaf,'e No. 3 . . . S. 55' W. 
 
 No. 10 S. (iO W. 
 
 No. ^4 S. (15 W. 
 
 Winni|ieg River— 
 
 Wliiteinnd Falls . . . ,S, ,5,")" \V. 
 
 Outlet of Lac du lionnet S. (10' W. 
 
 South aide, Lac du Bonnet 8. ('i2^ W. 
 
 Near east end, Luc dii IVmnet S. 25 W. 
 
 J'oint in sect. 14, 'I'. 1(1, K. XI S. (1(* W. and[S. 25 W. 
 
 Mouth of Whiteinouth River (earlier) S. 27' 30' E. 
 
 " II " (later) S. ()0'-G3' W. 
 
 Playgreen Lake — 
 
 OpiKJsite Old Norway House S. 45° W. 
 
 (loose Island S. 45' W. 
 
 87 a 
 
IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-S) 
 
 :s i 
 
 1.0 
 
 I.I 
 
 1.25 
 
 ■-IIM 
 
 |5 
 
 
 II 
 
 11^ 
 
 2.0 
 
 1.8 
 
 U III 1.6 
 
 V] 
 
 <^ 
 
 /^ 
 
 \ 
 
 
 ^/ 
 
 y/f 
 
 ///. 
 
 Photographic 
 
 Sdences 
 
 Corporation 
 
 33 WEST MAIN STREET 
 
 WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 
 
 (716) 872-4503 
 
 \ 
 
 ^^ 
 
 ^^ 
 
 \\ 
 
 1*. 
 
 % 
 
 
 ^ 
 
88 G 
 
 LAKE WINNIPEG. 
 
 Little PlayRreen Lake — 
 
 At MiBBion S. 52° W. 
 
 On islands S. 52° VV. and S. 60° W. 
 
 Month of Nelson River S. 30° W. 
 
 McLaughlin River — 
 
 Near first lake S, 
 
 Between first and second lakes S. 
 
 Upper lake S, 
 
 Gunisao River — 
 
 At several places above forks S. 
 
 Near (Junisaj Lake S. 
 
 Kast end, (i\ini«ao Lake S. 
 
 irpper Gnnisrto Lake S. 
 
 Belanger River — 
 
 Fourteen miles up S. 
 
 At forks S. 
 
 Near head of river . . S. 
 
 Black River- 
 First rapid ... S. 
 
 Pelican jHirtage H. 
 
 Poplar River — 
 
 Ten miles uj) S. 
 
 White Mud portage S. 
 
 Tliunder Lake H. 
 
 Etomunii River — 
 
 Willow ]K)rtage S. 
 
 Eight miles below Boulder Rapid S. 
 
 Pigeon River - 
 
 Six miles up S. 
 
 Three miles below Po])lar Falls S. 
 
 Five miles above Poplar Falls S. 
 
 Near .lack River portage S, 
 
 Bloodvein River — 
 
 Four mills above Little Bloodvein River. . . . S. 5H° W. 
 Sasa-ginnigiik Lake S, 57^ W, 
 
 32° W. 
 
 20° W. 
 
 . 41° W. 
 
 30° W. 
 
 11° W. 
 
 16° W. and S. 11° W. 
 
 11° W. 
 
 21° W. 
 27' W. 
 17' W. 
 
 25° W. 
 3° K 
 
 32° W. 
 20° W. 
 35' W. 
 
 fifr W. 
 57^ W. 
 
 5K' W. 
 
 Oi" W. 
 
 (!4' W. and S. 34° W. 
 
 <i4' W. 
 
APPENDIX II. 
 
 89 O 
 
 and S. 60° W. 
 
 APPENDIX II. 
 
 r. andS. n°W. 
 
 ,V. and H. 34° W. 
 
 NOTES ON EARLY TRAVELLERS ON LAKE WINNIPEG WHOSE RECORDS OR 
 REPORTS CONTAIN DESCRIPTIONS REFERRING TO THE LAKE. 
 
 De LA Verendrye, 1734-1739. 
 
 In March, 1734, the eldest son of Sieur de la Verendrye descended 
 Winnipeg River from the Luke of the Woods, and probably reached 
 Lake Winnipeg ; and in the autumn of the same year, one of his sons 
 descended the river and built Fort Maurepas on the north side at the 
 mouth. 
 
 On the 16th of April, 1739, being at Fort la Reine (Portage la 
 Prairie), Verendrye sent his son, Pierre Gautier, with an Indian to 
 make an examination of the bottom of Lake W^inipigon, of the mine 
 which is on the lake and of that which is on White River (probably 
 the Saskatchewan, which is called ^yhite or Hinds River on Jeffrey's 
 map of 17()2) of the outlet to the lake, to go round it, to endeavour to 
 liindor the Indians from going to the English. 
 
 (Decouvertes et Kstablisssements des Francj-ais dans I'Ouest, &c. 
 Journal de Laverendrye. Canadian Archives. Report 1889, p. 26.) 
 
 Joseph La France, 1740-1742. 
 
 In a book entitled " An Account of the Countries adjoining to 
 Hudson's Ba}', by Arthur Dobbs, London, 1744," there h an account 
 of this traveller. His father was a French trader or trapper and his 
 mother a Sauteai;. La Fi-ance was a native of Michilimackinac, and 
 lived for a short time in Quebec and Montreal, but spent the 
 greater pait of his life — up to the age of 33 years, around lakes 
 Huron and Superior. He had been denied a license to trade, by the 
 French Governor, and in 1739, while on his way eastward with fursi 
 he met a brigade of canoes in charge of French soldiers. By them he 
 was seized and all his effects confiscated, but he managed to escape to 
 the woods with but his gun and five charges of powder and ball. He 
 then determined to make his way to the English on Hudson Bay. In 
 the beginning of the winter he sot oi:t on his journey. In the spring 
 of 1740 he reached the Grand Portage and from there he descend- 
 ed the Rainy and Winnipeg rivers, in September leaching ' Ouinipi- 
 que ' Lake. He spent the autumn and winter hunting beaver with 
 
^n 
 
 90 G 
 
 LAKIC WINNIPKO, 
 
 the Ci'ees on tlio nortli-eastern sides of the lako. He describes the 
 liilfe and thi; Indians wlio inliiihit its shores. Jle Hp(?ak8 of tiie lake 
 beiriy no more than ten leaijues wid(i and in some places not ahovci ,i 
 leiigue and a iialf. TIk^ outlet is into the ' Litthi Ouinipiepie' by ii 
 river he calls tlie Red Hiver, or 'little Ouinipicjue,' after a course 
 northward of about sixty leagues. 'This lake is thirty three leaj^ues 
 !onj^ and six broad. There is but one little island in it, almost on a 
 water level, called by tin; Indians ' Mini Sabi(]ue.' Tiie course of this 
 lake is north-and-south through a low woody (lountry. To this La, 
 France (lesccridcd in a canoe in the sununer of 1718. ' He [)assed this 
 lake and the river that runs into Lake; Du Siens [sic| in sununer and 
 autunm ; this is about 100 leagues from the othei-.' i^ake Du Siciis 
 is three leagues in circuit and full of wild rice. He spent the winter 
 of 1 74 1-1'J between Lake du Siens and Lake Ciiriboux. This lake is 
 ten leagues long and five broad. From hercs he travelled eastward 
 fifteen l(!agues to Pachegoia, or Lac des J'^jrets, from which he des- 
 cended to York Factory. ' Pachegoia is divided so as to make about 
 two lakes.' 
 
 In the work above referred to, are also descriptions on pages 1^0-"J1, 
 
 of Nelson River and Lake? Winnipeg. It is described as coming fr 
 
 another lake called the ' Junction of two S(>as,' because; the land ahnosi 
 meets in the middUi of tlu; lake. ' The west side is full of fine nieadous 
 filled with will! oxen, 'i'his lake is 400 leagues in circumfeience.' 
 
 " A huiulred leagues west-south-west ahjrig the river is another lake 
 they call Ouni|)igouchih or tin! Little Sea. It is 1500 leagues in cir- 
 cumference ; at the further end is a river which comes from 
 Tacamiouen, which is not so great as ihe other ; it is into this lake 
 that th<; I'ivet of Stags is disi hargerl, which is of such length that the 
 natives have not yet discovered its source*. From this river they 
 go to another which runs westward.' This is evidently from inf 
 mation from Jeremie. {Hvxi Dobbs, p. r)4.) 
 
 can 
 (11' 
 
 Ale.v. Hknuy, 1775. 
 
 On the i6th of August, 1775, Alexander Henry reached Lake 
 Winnipeg on his vvay from Montreal to Churchill River. At the 
 mouth of Winnipeg River he found a village of Cree Indians, and in; 
 has given an interesting account of their customs and general appear- 
 ance, Journeying along the lake ho jiassed Pike Rivtr on the first nf 
 September, to the west of which, he states, ' is a rock of great length 
 called Roche Rouge, and entirely composed of a pierre a calumet, (ir 
 
AI'PKNDIX 11. 
 
 91 n 
 
 He describes the 
 
 speaks of Uie lake 
 places not abovc^ n 
 
 Ouinipique' by ii 
 ae,' after a couisr 
 ,hirty three leagues 
 in it, almost on a 
 Tlie cfnirse of this 
 iiitry. To this \y.i 
 18. ' He I>asse(l thi'^ 
 Isicj in HUininer ami 
 •.' Lake Du Siciis 
 lo spent the winter 
 boux. This lake is 
 K, travelled eastward 
 , from whicli he des- 
 
 so as to make about 
 
 itions on pages 20- "J 1, 
 jribed as coming from 
 .caus(! the land almost 
 is full of 'ii>« meadows 
 in circumference.' 
 
 t> riv(!r is another lake 
 is :»U0 leagues in cir 
 which comes fnmi 
 ler ; it is into this lakf 
 f such length tliat the 
 ,in this river they can 
 evidently from infor 
 
 • Henry reached Lakt- 
 urchill lUver. At llie 
 ' Cree Indians, and In' 
 „s and general appcar- 
 ke llivtr <m the first nf 
 a rock of great length 
 d a pierre a calumet, or 
 
 stone used by the Indians for making tobacco pipe bowls, It is of a 
 ligiit red colour intersper.sed with veins of l)rown and yields very 
 readily to the knife.' Probably the cliil'at Cat Head. 
 
 (Travels and adventures in Canada, by Alcjxander Henry, Escj. New 
 York, 1809. 12 mo.) 
 
 David Tiio.mpso.v, 1790-1812. 
 
 Tn June, 1790, David Thompson, then a clerk in the service of the 
 Hudson's Hay Comjjany, sLaited from Cunilterland House on his way 
 to York l''actory. While on his jf)urney lu; made a track-survey of the 
 north end of L-ike Wintnpeg — the first systematic survey that was 
 mad(! on tlie lake. l)uring the Nucc(H'ding twenty-two years, he crossed 
 the lake and surveyed its shores a nund)er of times and on his map 
 of the North-west, madi; in 1813-1814, its contours are first laid 
 down with a n^asonablt! degree of accuracy. 
 
 A. HicNUv, Jr., 1799-1808. 
 
 lietween 179It and 1808 Alexander Henry, Jr., was in charge of 
 trading posts of the North-west Company in the Red River district, 
 and crossed Lake Winnipeg sevtirul times from the mouth of Winnipeg 
 River to that of Red River. In the latter year he trav(!lled along the 
 w(!st siiore to the Saskat(!h('wan River on his way to the plains. He 
 not(!s many interesting points about the (!arly history of the country. 
 
 (The Manuscript Journals of Alex. Henry, edited by Elliott Coues, 
 
 1897.) 
 
 SiH A. Ma(;kk\zik. 
 
 In liis ' General History of the Fur Trade' in the first part of his 
 ' Voyages ' Sir Alexander Mackenzie gives a general account of Lake 
 Winnipeg and the; rivers that flow into it. In several j)laces he makes 
 slight references to the underlying geological structure of the country. 
 In speaking of the Red and Assiniboine rivers lie says :--' In some 
 parts there are rapids, caused by occasional beds of limestone and 
 gravel ; but in general they have a sandy bottom. This lake in com- 
 mon with those of this country, is bounded on the north with banks 
 of black and gray rock and on the s(.jth by a low, level country, occa- 
 sionally interrupted with a ridge or bank of limestones, lying in stratas, 
 and rising to the perpendicular height of from twenty to forty feet ; 
 these are covered with a small quantity of earth forming a level sur- 
 face, which bears timber, but of a moderate growth and declines to a 
 swamp.' 
 
■'.>'^\Ut,J 
 
 92 G 
 
 LAKE WINNIPEG. 
 
 Limestone is also mentioned on the tiaskatchewan at the Grand 
 Rapids and above. 
 
 (Voyages from Montreal, by Alex. Mackenzie, London, 1801, 4to 
 pp. Ixiv and Ixvi.) 
 
 Daniel W. Harmon, 1800-1819. 
 
 D. W. Harmon in ] 800 crossed Lake Winnipeg from the mouth of 
 Winnipeg Iliver to the mouth of the Little Saskatchewan River on 
 his way to Swan Iliver, and in 1805 having descended the Assinil)oine 
 he crossed from the mouth of Red River to Winnipeg River. The 
 same year he returned west to the foit on the South Branch and in 
 1807 again returned to Winnipeg River on his way to Fort William. 
 In 1808 he crossed the lake on his way to Peace River and thence to 
 New Caledonia. In 1809 he passed east by the same route on his way 
 to Montreal. Though his journal is interesting, as giving much useful 
 information about the character of the country and its inhabitants at 
 that time, he nowhere speaks about the rocks or soil around Lake 
 Winnipeg. 
 
 (A Journal of Voyages and Travels in the interior of North America, 
 by Daniel Williams Harmon. Andover 1820.) 
 
 AnEL Edwards, 1812. 
 
 'Notes taken during thts summer of 1812, on a journey fiom York 
 Fort, Hudson's Bay, to Lake Winnipeg and the Red River, by Mr. 
 Abel Edwards, surgeon at the settlement on Red River; together witii 
 a description of the specimens collected by Mr. Eflwards and by Mr. 
 Holdsworth, surgeon at York Fort,' is the title of a paper in which 
 the water and depth of the lake is described. ' The coast on the eastern 
 side, until yuu arrive at the Straits is low and sandy, but numerous 
 rocks lie concealed at a little distance from the land. In the Strait 
 the coasts on both sides are bold and rocky.' Two specimens from 
 this lake are described, one a coarsegrained granite from an island 
 north of Bloodvein River and the other 'a grayish fine-grained rock 
 consisting of quartz and mica with some carbonate of lime from the 
 west side of tlie lake near BuB'alo Island.' 
 
 (Trans. Geol. Soc, 1st Series, vol. v., T,ondon, 1821. pp. 606-607.) 
 
 Gauriei. Franchere, 1814. 
 
 In June, 1814, (Jabriel Franchere on his way from the Columbia 
 River, crossed Lake Winnipeg from the Saskatchewan to the Winnipeg 
 
-] 
 
 APPENDIX II. 
 
 93 a 
 
 r of North America, 
 
 821. pp. 606-607.) 
 
 River. A short description is given of the general character of the 
 lake. 
 
 (Narrative of a voyage to the North-west Coast of America, in the 
 years 1811, 1812, 1813 and 1814 l)y (Jabriel Franchere, English Edi- 
 tion 12 mo., New York, 1854, pp. 329-330.) 
 
 Franklin and Richakd.son. 1819-1822. 
 
 Captain (afterward Sir John) Franklin and Dr. (afterward Sir 
 John) Richardson, travelled through the northern portion of Lake 
 Winnipeg, from October "tli to 9th, 1819. On the return journey 
 they reached Norway House on July 4th, 1822, on their way hack to 
 York Factory. Brief notes are given in his narrative describing the 
 north sho''e and the limestone of the west shore, north of the Saskat- 
 chewiin River. 
 
 (Franklin's Journey to the Polar Sea, 4to, 1823.) 
 
 Fkanklin, 1825-1827. 
 
 In February, 1825, Capt. John Franklin, with Dr. Richardson, 
 Lieut. Back, Mr. Kendal! and Mi'. Drummond embarked at Liverpool 
 for New York. Thence they passed westward to Fort William, and 
 ])roceede(l by the old nortli-west route to Cumberland House and west 
 to tJreat Slave Lake. On their way east in the summer of 1827, they 
 went from Cumberland to Norway House by the north end of the 
 luke, and thence down the lake to Fort Alexander, from which place 
 tliey proceeded to Montreal by the Ottawa River route. In passing 
 Ottawa, Franklin laid the corner stone of the Rideau Canal Locks, in 
 August, 1827. 
 
 In Appendix I. to Fi'anklin's Narrative, Dr. Richardson gives an 
 account of the limestone of Lake Winnipeg and the Saskatchewan 
 River. Ho first gives its colour, structure, fracture and other general 
 characters. He then enumerates the fossil forms founil in the 
 exposures at the first and second rocky points. On ])ages 54-57 he 
 says: — 'In the flat limest<me strata near its foot, [Pasijuia Hills] 
 tliere are salt springs, from which the Indians sometimes procure a 
 considerable quantity of salt by boiling, and theie are several sul]ihur- 
 eous springs within the formation.' * * ' The line of contact of 
 I lie limestorH! with primitive rocks of Lake Winnipeg is covered with 
 water ; but at tlie Dog's Head, and near the north end of Beaver Lake, 
 they are exposed within less than a mile of each other. To the south- 
 ward of the Oog's Head, in Lake Winnipeg ami a few other (piarters, 
 some schistose rocks, belonging to the transiti(jn series, are interposed 
 between the two formations.' 
 
94 o 
 
 LAKE WINNIPEG. 
 
 A little farther on he states that the limestone of Lake Winnipeg Ih 
 probably of the same age as that on Elk and Slave rivers, but that it 
 diffei'8 in that it contains little or no petroleum. 
 
 (Narrative of a Second Expedition to the shores of the Polar Sea in 
 1825, 182G and 1827, by John Franklin, Capt. A-c. Apj.endix I. by 
 Dr. John Hichavdson.) 
 
 Iv the liiaps of Lake Winnipeg aoconipiinying this narrative, gncis; 
 and greywack<'' is marked .south of tlu! narrows on the cast side of the 
 lake, while north of this, limestone is marked on the west sIum'c. 
 
 Major Long, 1823. 
 
 The expedition under the command of .Major Lonj.', sent out by (lir 
 United States Government in 1823 to iletermine the position of t lie 
 Iiitt'r'iiational boundiiry at the ited l{iver, proceeded down to Lal<i' 
 NViiniipeg, after having at'i'om[)lished their mission, 'i'he return jour 
 ney was made uj) the Winnipeg Hiver and through the Lake? of the 
 W^oods eastward to Lake Superior. Mr. W. If. KiNiting, iIk* gt-ologisi 
 to the e.xpedilion, in his narrative notes lh(! preseuee of primitive I'lieks 
 on the Winnipeg lliver. IL^dso adds; — ' it appear'.s |)rol)able frnin 
 all the information which we have collected, that tiie whole of I lie 
 eastern shon; of Lake Winnepeek, is occupied by a primiti\(^ for iiiat Imu 
 while the wester'n is composiHl of secondary, and th(!se probably lime 
 stone, rocks. This accounts for the fact tliat the prairi(*H are limiteil 
 to the east by that lake, while they extend as far north as tiie Sas 
 katchewan and to a considerable distance up tlnit stream, it appears 
 to us by no means improbable that the excavation of this lake was 
 occasioned by the earlier decomi)osition of the sti'ata at the junelinii 
 of the two formations.' 
 
 (Narrative of an I'^xpedition to the source of the St. Peters Itivci, 
 compiled by W. H. Keating, A.M., itc, London, 182rj,) 
 
 J. J. BlfisHV. 
 
 Dr. John Bigsby in an article in the American .Journal of Science, 
 vol. VIII, 1824, pp. 60-88 mentions the limestones of Lake Winnipe;,' 
 and Cedar I^ake as proliably of the ag(! of the mountain limestone of 
 the Caiboniferous of Europe. He also mentions (Inding several fossils 
 in the lr)OHe rocks of the Lake of the Woods. 
 
 Capt. Back, 1833-1835. 
 
 On the 17th of February, 1833, Captain Pack accompanied by Mr. 
 Richard King, sailed from Liverpool for New York, whence he pm 
 
•1 
 
 APPENDIX II. 
 
 9B o 
 
 Lako Witunpn« w 
 rivors, l)Ut tluil it 
 
 if tlm Poliir Hon in 
 . A]il>nn(lix !• liy 
 
 ;h narriitivc, kiii'Ihs 
 tllO cilMt, hi<l<l ijf the 
 If wost Hhons 
 
 ii;;, sent <nit l>y tin' 
 the ju)silii)ii <>t' tln' 
 .(led ilnwn to 1-iikr 
 ,, 'riu! return y>w 
 1^1, tlMi 1-akf "f Um 
 catiiiK, tli<'K«'<'l"t!i'-i 
 icot)t'i>riiiiitivn r.n'Ks 
 ipcars jin)hal)li' t'lmii 
 at tilt! wlii>lt' "•' 'li'' 
 ai)rimitivcfniiiiiili"ii 
 tlicso proWaltly li"i'> 
 I jirairics arc liuiitfil 
 ir nortli as tin- Sus 
 stream. It aiii><'ai.s 
 
 ion of tliiw '"■'*" ^^''' 
 rata at the jmielion 
 
 tho St. TeteiH Isiver, 
 1825.) 
 
 n .Journal of Scieiin', 
 ,.s of Lako WiniiiiMH 
 nountaiii liinewtoiie of 
 s riii(liii« He.vcral t'«'HMl^ 
 
 accoiiipaiiied by Mi 
 York, whmico \w pn 
 
 ■coedod to Montreal. Here ho embarked in canoes, ascended the Otta- 
 wa, crossed lakes Huron and Superior and arrived at Fort William 
 .May 2()th. Fiom here he proceeded to Fort Alexander at the mouth 
 of Winnipej^ River, wlusre he arrived on Juno 6th. He then traversed 
 jjako Winnipeg to Norway House, from which plac(> he crossed to the 
 .Saskatchewan and Uutnijerland J louse, and proceeded via Jsle a la 
 Crosse to Hreat Slave Lake. In the summer of ISSf) he retraced his 
 way throu;{h Luke Winnipefj and hack to Montreal. On paj^e ui' of 
 his fiariativc!, Hai'k numtioiis tliat the east side of Lake Winiiipej^ is 
 composed (if smoolhtKl and rounded granitic rocks of little altitude. 
 
 He speaks of ri(l;;es of sand and of the water rising in the lake. On 
 ])age (')() he spc'aka of laminated claya at tho north enfl of th(^ lake, west 
 of whi<-li are limestono rocks. Tn appendix I\'., W. H. i'^itton, 
 natundist to the expedition, (piotcis a letter from Air. Stokes, concer- 
 ning tli(! Orlhoccrala found hy Dr. IJichardson andCapt. Back on Lake 
 Winnipeg, comparing them with those described by Bigsby from Lake 
 Huron. ' 'i'iiero is also one specimen which though not in good j)re- 
 servalion, is doid)tless a Calnnipora or chain cor.al, a genus character- 
 islie of llie older tr.insition limestones, in which beds also, Orthocerata 
 ai'e eonnnon.' 
 
 (Nariati\(" of the Arctii- liand Kxpeditifin i^'c, in the years 18.33, 
 I S3 I and ls;i5 l,y Capt.. liack, II. N. 8vo. London, 183G.) 
 
 Silt .Iu||\ lilCHAIiDSoV, 1848. 
 
 On the 10th of April, 1848, Sir John Richards(,ii and Mr. John 
 l!a(- Ifinded at New York, and proceeded to Montreal by Lake 
 (Jhamplain and tlaMici! by steamer through tho lakes to Sault Ste. 
 Marie, which they I'eached on April 29tli. Here they took canoes for 
 \\w remaindiM' of the journ<!y, jiassing through Lake Winnipeg the first 
 we('k in .June on their way to the Mackenzie River. In August, 1848, 
 he again traversed Lake Winidpeg,ealling at Norway House, and then 
 ti'avelling along th(( east shon; of the lake. On pages G2-70 of his 
 account he says : — ' When we descended to Lake Winnipeg we came 
 upon epidotic slates, conglomerates, sandstones and trap rocks, similar 
 t(i those whicli occur on the northern acclivity of the Lake Superior 
 liasin ; and after jiassing the straits of Lake Winnipeg, we have the 
 granite rocks on the east shore, and Silurian rocks (chiefly birds-eye 
 limestonf?) on the west and north, the basin of the lake being mostly 
 <'Xeavated in the limestone. The two formations approach nearest to 
 each oth(.'r at the straits in (juestion, where the limestone, sandstone, 
 epidotic slates, green quartz rock, greenstone, gneiss and granite, occur 
 in the close neighbourhood of each other.' 
 
96 o 
 
 LAKE WINNIPEG. 
 
 He then goes on to give tho" general character of the coast line an.l 
 the mode of formation of bars and nmrsliea around the Hhore. • Con- 
 siderable sheets of water are also cut off on the north-west side of the 
 lake, whore tho birds-ey(! limestone forms the whole of tho coast.' 
 
 He also mentions tho iniiiienee the iee has in shoving up boulders on 
 the shore. In Append i.\ No. i, h(! also refers to the physical features 
 of the Winnipeg valley. 
 
 (Arctio SfMirthing Expedition, itc. by Sir John Richardaon, Lnndon, 
 1851, New York, IH'ii.) 
 
 D. I). Owen, 1848. 
 
 fn the summer of 1848, David Dale Owen, while making a geological 
 survey of Wisconsin, Fowa and Minne.sota, for tho United States gov 
 ernment, descended the Red River to Lake Winnipeg and ascended 
 the Winnipeg River to Lake of tho Woods and thence to I^ake 
 Superior. He describes the character of tho country around Upper 
 Fort (larry (or Winnipeg) and tho I'ock o.xposures at Lower \'nv\ 
 Garry, givim.^ a list of fossils and analy.ses of two specimens of tlic 
 rock. Tin) beds are stated to bo of the same ag(! as tho Upper Maj; 
 nesian limestone (if Wisconsin. Ho also describes tho exposures on 
 Lake Winnipeg, ea.-,.- of Red River at Poplar Point, and in a small 
 bay near Rig Swamp Point. 
 
 (Report of a (Jeological Survey of VN'isconsin, Iowa and Minnesota, 
 by David Dale Owen, United Slates Geologist, Philadelphin, 1852.) 
 
 RkU lilVEH EXPLOUINO EXPEDITION, 1857-58. 
 
 The expedition to explore the counti'y between Lake Superior and 
 Red River was jiiaced under tho command of Geo. tiladman with .S. .). 
 Dawson, su'veyor ; and Prof. H. Y. Hind, geologist. The parties 
 started out during July, 1857, and pushed through to Fort Garry. 
 The first report for 1858 contains letters (lescri])t,.-e of the country 
 between Luke Superior and Red River, and in it Prof. Hind outlines 
 a report on the country. 
 
 In tho spring of 1858 tho oxfiedition was divided under tho direction 
 of S. J. Dawson and Prof. Hind, and th(f tiiial reports form Appondi.x 
 No. 4 to the Seventeenth volume of tli(! Journals of the LegislatiM' 
 As.sembly of the province of Canada, Session 185',). The report by S, 
 J. Dawson contains a short description of the country and large Tiiap>< 
 and protiles. That by Prof. Hind deals more fully with the geology 
 of the Lake Winnipeg basin than any previous one, and some of liis 
 notes and descriptions are (juoted in tlie body of the present report. 
 
Al'l'KNUIX II. 
 
 y? G 
 
 \\e coast lino an.l 
 the Hhoro. ' Con 
 h-wost side of llu' 
 of tlic coast.' 
 ■ingupl)0ul(ler8(m 
 ,. physical features 
 
 ichaidaon, London, 
 
 S. n. SCUDDI-.H, MCO. 
 
 In \^CiO, .Ml'. S. If. Seuddor maihs Ji canon trip from Fort (iiiiry to 
 Tlu) Pas oil til.' Sask.ili-hi.'wan llixcr. lie dcsorilicil tin; (hf/m/itura 
 collected by iiiin, in x,\n; Caniidiaii Naturalist, vol. VII., l.sO'J (|)|). 283- 
 
 J'^iS). Ilo does iKit llici 
 
 iiiak 
 
 ly notes on t;io 
 
 >1< 
 
 «y- 
 
 Sub- 
 
 -'i(uent'y lie |iuljlislied an account d'^alin;^ more esp 'cially with the 
 incidents of tho Journey, and in this are a few references to the cliar- 
 ,i('t(M' of th(! co.ist 1)11 tlie west side tn the mouth ol' the Saskatcliewan 
 
 I'ivi'l'. 
 
 ( The Winnipeg' (.-"Diiritiy, or rouj^'liing it wit'u an edipso party, by a 
 lioi^he'sler fellow. Boston : Cupples Ujihaiii it Company. I'j8(5. 8 vo.) 
 
 niakins i geological 
 I'nited States gov 
 .nipei^ and ascended 
 nd thence to Lake 
 antry around Upper 
 ires at liower K'nl 
 Dvo specimens of tin' 
 as the I'pper Ma^ 
 bes tbe exposures on 
 Point, and in a small 
 
 Iowa and Minnesota, 
 >hiladelphin, 1852.) 
 
 A. 1!. C. Sklwv.v, IS72-::}. 
 
 th 
 I 
 
 ■umtner i> 
 
 f 1.' 
 Id tl 
 
 Dr. A. li. C 
 
 Sclwvn <!escen'i('(i the 
 
 VV 
 
 in- 
 
 viv(;r and coasted the south cast shore of Lake Winnipeg to the 
 iiioutli of Ked Uiver. The follovvins' suinmei' lie tiavorseil the lake 
 
 tiiiiii the mouth of Saskatchewan lliver to the lied Rivet 
 
 11 
 
 lb 
 
 [■c|iorts refer to the superficial deposits of the south east shore, and h 
 ilsi) notes the presence of the limestone on the west side. 
 
 (Ri^portsof I'rogress, (!e(»l. Surv. (Jan., 187-'-7;5 imd 1873-74.) 
 
 He 
 
 1S7I 
 
 d ls7,s. 
 
 Ill 1S7 1 Dr. K. Hell descended the Little Saskatchew.ui Itiver fj 
 
 ike .Manitoba and 
 
 d th 
 
 to the mouth of lied Uiver. 
 
 11. 
 
 short accrunt of the limi-stone elill's as far as l)o'' lie id. 
 
 n Lake Superior and 
 
 ,. tiladman with S. .1. 
 
 iologist. The parties 
 
 •ou'di to Fort Carry. 
 
 •rip' 
 
 ,)f the country 
 
 it Frof. Hind outlines 
 
 led under the direction 
 oports form Appendix 
 als of tbe Legislative 
 ■i.')',). The report by S. 
 ountry and large maps 
 fully with the geology 
 us one, and some of iiis 
 f the present report. 
 
 'luriiiii'' troiii 
 
 Huds 
 
 F. 
 
 LS78 he i;ives a simrt account of 
 
 ilic character ol' tlu; Ijaureiilian rocks of the east shore with lists of 
 
 ~liikes ( 
 
 )f tl 
 
 11' uneisses am 
 
 I direction of the "lacial strin 
 
 icol- 
 
 iiicd map of Lake Winnipei: is published with this report. 
 (Reports of Progress, (Jeol. Surv. Can., 1874-75 and 1877-71 
 
 A. S. CociiiiANE, 1882. 
 
 h 
 
 .Ml 
 
 A. S. 
 
 lelirane m 
 
 id(^ track survevs of Fierens River to 
 
 Family Lake, Pigeon River for fifteen miles of its 
 
 ■se. Big 
 lilack lliver for ei'^hty-two miles fiohi its moiitii and Poplar River 
 
 Ir.'iii a poi 
 
 fa''*! from l'>i'' Flack Hi'.er to its 
 
 ith. 11- 
 
 luadc 
 
 •t. 
 
 su 
 
 rvey from Xorw.ay House to U rand Rapids 
 
 ( Report of Progress, (!eol. Sur\'. Can., 1880-82 Suiuimiry, pj). 10-17.) 
 
98 
 
 LaKG WINNIPEG. 
 
 T. C. Weston, 1884. • 
 
 A large collection of t'ossilH was nmdc l)y Mr. WeHtoti from thf 
 rocks of the wc^st >*hore from Cat Head soutli to tho Hod River. 
 
 (Annual Report, Oeol. Hurv. Can., vol. I, (N.S.), 1H85, p. 2Ga.) 
 
 A. P. Low, 1880. 
 
 In 1886, Mr. A. P. Low crossed Lake Winnipeg from Ri'd River lo 
 Bercns River and asccndtul the latter to a portage to the head-watitx 
 of the Si'vcrti llivi-r. His observations arc confined to the valley ot 
 the Herens l{ivor and to that of the Severn. 
 
 (Annual Report, Geol. Surv. Can., vol. II, (N. S.), 1886, part F.) 
 
 F. W. WiLKiNS, 1886. 
 
 In the summer of 1886, F. W. Wilkins under instructions from tli,> 
 Dominion Lands Branch of the Department of the Interior madi' h 
 micrometer survey of the shore of Lake Winnipeg. In his account nt 
 this work he gives a running description of the lake and the adjoining 
 country. 
 
 (Departrnent of the Interior, Report for 1886, part II.) 
 
[r. Weston from tlu' 
 o tht) Hod River. 
 
 8.), IH85, p. '26a.) 
 
 leg from Red River t.. 
 I^e to tlie liwul-wiil.i-, 
 iiliiiod to tlu- viilk-y ut 
 
 •.S.), 1^86, part F.) 
 
 r instructions from ttu» 
 if the interior iniulf a 
 3fH. In his account nt 
 I lake and the adjoining 
 
 3, part II.)